Skip to main content

Full text of "The Union of South Africa"

See other formats


UNIO 


H.  BRAND 


ng> 


... 


.. 
O 


.-  •--  .-  .; 


$m 


. 

.  . 


THE  UNION 
OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

BY 

THE  HON.  R.  H.  BRAN  I  > 

•OMCTIMK    nCIXOW  OT  ALL  MN7U  COLUOE 

oxroto 

IKCtETAMY   TO  THE   TMAXIYAAL   DCUBOATB  AT  THE 

•ocmi  AnucAJc  VATIOITAL  conranoy 


OXFOHD 

\l    TIIK  CLARlADnN  PRESS 
1909 


IIKNRY  FROWDE,  M.A. 

I  UBLISHEB  TO  THE  UNIVERSITY   OF  OXFORD 

LONDON,  EDINBURGH,   NEW   YORK 
TORONTO   AND   MELBOURNE 


PREFACE 

THE  aim  of  this  book  is  to  give  a  short  sketeh 
<>t  the  leading  feature*  01  in  Con- 

>tituti«m.  In  order  to  make  the  subject  intelli- 
gible, it  has  been  necessary  to  refer  also  to  th< 
history  of  the  movement  towards  Union.  But 
t)i<  chapter  dealing  with  this  aspect  of  the  ques- 
tion has  been  made  intentionally  brief.  Those 
who  wish  for  more  details  are  referred  to  Lord 
Selborne's  memorandum,  entitled  A  Review  of 
the  Present  Mutual  Relations  of  the  British  South 
African  Colonies,  published  in  England  as  a  Blue 
Book  in  1907,  and  to  The  Government  of  South 
<*a,  an  anonymous  work  in  two  volumes,  pub- 
lished by  the  Cape  Times,  Limited,  Cape  Town, 
in  1908.  For  the  purposes  of  reference  the  South 
ica  Act  is  printed  as  an  append 

The  sketch  of  the  Constitution  might  have  been 
more  interesting  to  the  layman,  had  it  been 
possible  to  supplement  it  by  some  account  of 
the  proceedings  of  the  National  Convention  itself. 
But  the  Convention  sat  with  closed  doors,  and 
secrecy  is  still  maintained  as  to  its  proceedings. 
No  reference  to  them  could  therefore  be  made 
without  a  breach  of  confidence. 

As  I  have  held  an  official  position  in  the  public 
service  of  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  River  Colony 
during  the  past  seven  years,  first  under  Crown 
Colony  and  then  under  Responsible  Government, 
it  may  be  as  well  to  state  that  the  opinions  ex- 
pressed in  the  following  pages  are  purely  personal 
to  myself 

R.  H.  BRAND. 

London,  Oct.  1909. 


ALLES  ZAL  RECHT  KOMEN 

—Praidenl  Sir  John  Brand 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  I 

PAGE 

PRELIMINARY  .         .  : 

•  HAPTER  II 

HISTORICAL  .  14 

'  HAPTER  III 
THE  CONVENTION        ....  .      uj 

<  HAPTER  IV 

THE  CONSTITUTION      ......      43 

CHAPTER  V 

.          .          .        55 

<  HAPTER  VI 

THE  LEGISLATURE       ..... 

CHAPTER  VII 
PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS          .  .75 

•  HAPTER  VIII 
THE  JUDICATURE        .  .  .87 


i;  i\ 
FINANCE  AND  RAILWAYS     .        .  M« 

CHAPTER  X 

THE  NATIVES  97 


6  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  \1  PAGE 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE  CONSTITUTION      .     1 1 4 

CHAPTER  X 1 1 
THE  FUTURE  OF  PARTIES 119 

CHAPTER  XI 1 1 
SOUTH  AFRICA  AND  THE  EMPIRE  i.u 


APPENDIX 
SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909  .137 


CHAPTER  I 
PRELIMINARY 

SHORTLY  after  the  draft  Constitution  of  South 
published  in  February  last,  Sir  Percy 
,  one  of  the  Transvaal  delegates,  in  u 
speech  at  Johannesburg,  delivered  a  panegyric  upon 
it  as  being  the  finest  constitution  in  the  world. 
A  few  days  later  General  Smuts,  in  the  course  of 
a  speech  at  Pretoria,  remarked  that  to  him  imu  h 
more  wonderful  than  the  Constitution  itself  were 
the  signatures  at  the  end  of  it.  General  Smuts 
was  right.  South  African  politics  have  always 
been  kaleidoscopic,  but  no  political  whirligig  has 
been  so  astonishing  or  so  complete  as  that  of 
the  last  tut -l\e  months.  What  would  President 

_cer  have  said  in  1899  if  he  had  been  told 
that  in  less  than  seven  years  after  the  com- 
plete destruction  of  the  Republics  and  t 
tmu  xation  to  the  British  Empire,  a  Constitution 
tin  bodying  all  that  the  Uitlanders  had  struggled 
for  would  have  been  enthusiastically  accepted  by 
all  parties  and  races  in  South  Africa?  Would 
he  have  believed  his  eyes  had  he  seen  appended 
to  that  document,  side  by  side,  the  names  of 

lameson,  who  raided  the  independent  Republic- 
<>t  the  Transvaal  in  order  to  overthrow  its  govern- 
ment, and  General  Botha,  who,  then  a  leading 
of  that  Republic,  is  said  to  have  demanded 


8        THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH. 

that  Dr.  Jameson  should  be  shot  as  a  freebooter ; 
of  Sir  Percy  Fitzpatrick,  the  author  of  a  violent 
attack  on  Krugerism,  and  Mr.  Abraham  Fischer, 
who  in  his  capacity  as  interpreter  at  the  Bloem- 
fontein  Conference  of  1898  between  President 
Kruger  and  Lord  Milner,  is  credited  with  having 
been  by  no  means  the  least  important  actor  in 
that  drama  ;  of  Sir  George  Farrar,  who,  as  one  of 
the  leading  reformers  on  the  Rand,  was,  in  com- 
pany with  Lionel  Phillips,  Frank  Rhodes,  and 
Hayes  Hammond,  condemned  to  death  by  Mr. 
Gregorowski,  then  a  judge  of  the  Republic,  now 
a  barrister  and  a  member  of  the  Transvaal  Parlia- 
ment, and  Mr.  Steyn,  then  president  of  a  republic 
on  close  terms  of  alliance  with  the  government  to 
which  the  reformers  had  been  so  bitterly  hostile ; 
of  Dr.  Smartt,  the  ardent  supporter  of  the  British 
cause  in  the  Cape  Colony  and  the  strenuous  advo- 
cate, after  the  war,  of  the  suspension  of  the  con- 
stitution in  that  colony,  and  Mr.  Merriman  and 
Mr.  Sauer,  who  were  bitter  opponents  of  that 
policy,  and  who  have  never  ceased  since  to  express 
t  heir  detestation  of  Lord  Milner  and  all  his  works; 
of  General  Smuts  and  Mr.  Hull,  now  Ministers 
of  the  Crown  in  the  same  government,  the  one 
a  leading  member  of  Kruger's  government  at  the 
outbreak  of  the  war,  the  other  one  of  the  most 
prominent  of  the  reformers  ?  But,  strange  though 
so  sudden  a  reconciliation  of  such  diverse  elements 
appears  on  the  surface,  to  those  who  know  South 
Africa  it  is  a  natural  outcome  of  her  history.  In 


i  PRELIMINARY  9 

no  country  is  the  growth  of  a  common  national  it  \ 
more  certain,  and  the  creation  of  one  controlling 
government  more  imperative.  The  country,  vast 
as  it  is  in  area,  it  destined  by  nature  to  be  one. 
Its  physical  characteristics  are  uniform,  and  there 
are  no  natural  barriers  between  one  part  and 
another.  The  population  forms,  and  in  reality 
formed  even  before  the  war,  one  body  politie. 
Not  only  is  a  Boer  of  the  Cape  Peninsula  identical 
in  all  essentials  of  character  and  ideas  with  a  Boer 
of  the  Zoutpansberg,  but,  as  Mr.  Bryce  long  ago 
remarked,  the  inhabitants  of  the  towns,  whether 
of  Cape  Town  or  Johannesburg,  Durban  or 
Pretoria,  are  connected  by  the  closest  ties  of 
blood  and  friendship  and  form  to  a  large  extent 
one  society.  With  modern  facilities  of  communi- 
cation all  this  made  political  union  in  some  form 
or  other,  and  either  sooner  or  later,  inevitable. 

South  Africa  throws  a  spell  not  only  over  those 
who  have  been  born  and  bred  in  her,  but  even  over 
the  immigrant  who  has  known  her  but  for  a  few 
years.  Apart  from  their  passionate  attachment 
to  the  soil  itself,  South  Africans  of  both  races  love 
country  for  her  varied  and  romantic  history, 
and  both  English  and  Dutch  cherish  a  common 
patriotism  which  springs  from  a  pride  in  the  many 
deeds  of  courage  record.  <i  in  her  annals.  Hitherto 
the  existence  of  two  conflicting  ideals,  the  spirit 
of  Dutch  AfriMttfansm  on  th.-  one  hand  and  of 
-h  dominance  on  the  other,  has  caused  the 
curnnt  ol  ial  feeling  to  Hoi 


10      THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH, 

hanneb.  But  since  the  war  has  eradicated  this 
profound  cause  of  conflict,  the  barrier  between  the 
channels  has  been  thrown  down  and  the  last 
obstacle  to  the  formation  of  a  common  patriot! 
it-moved.  It  i>.  t  herefore,  no  paradox  to  assert 
that  out  of  war  has  come  harmony.  Without  the 
war  South  Africa  might  have  found  in  time  a 
common  nationality  and  a  common  aim,  but  \vln» 
can  tell  after  what  vicissitudes  and  struggles,  and 
under  what  flag,  the  union  would  have  been  con- 
summated ?  Some  politicians  in  England,  while 
they  hail  the  advent  of  union,  continue  to  denounce 
t  he  policy  which  alone  has  made  it  possible.  They 
condemn  the  war,  and  yet  claim  its  results  as 

triumph  of  Liberal  policy.  The  grant  of  self- 
jjovernment  to  the  two  new  colonies  in  1906  has 
indeed  hastened  the  attainment  of  union,  and  for 
this  the  Liberal  party  may  justly  take  credit,  but 
the  impartial  historian  of  the  future,  weighing  the 

lions  of  British  statesmen  in  the  cause  of  union, 
will  undoubtedly  give  the  first  place,  not  to  Sir 
iry  Campbell-Bannerman,  but  to  Lord  Milner 
and  Mr.  Chamberlain. 

Hopeful,  however,  as  is  the  future,  it  is  use- 
less to  suppose  that  racialism  will  never  trouble 
South  Africa  again.  The  new  spirit  animating 
the  leaders  of  both  sides  has  been  generously 
welcomed  by  both  the  British  and  Dutch 
communities.  But  in  the  working  out  of  the 
constitution  the  differing  ideals  of  the  two  races 
cannot  fail  to  clash.  Bi-lingualism,  whether 


i  PRELIMINARY  11 

in  education   <>i   m  the  public  net  vice,  will  cause 

many  yean.    Recent  events  are  a 

sufficient  proof.    The  education  law  of  the  Orange 

i  <  .  -I-  >i i \ .  whatever  iu  merits  or  demerits,  has 
certainly  been  read  by  the  British  population  as 

an  attempt  to  depn\<  thm  < -Inhlren  of  any  proper 
in  t  he  KnL'lish  tongue.  Efforts  have  been 
made  to  found  private  schools  where  English  can 
be  properly  taught.  The  government  has  dismissed 
English  and  Scotch  inspectors  for  their  alleged 
unsympathetic  administration  of  the  law.  Adepu- 

n  has  been  sent  to  England  to  represent  the 
grievances  of  the  l'.riti>h  people.  There  is  every 
sign  of  strong  feeling.  Lees  is  heard  of  the  difti- 
eulties  in  the  Transvaal,  where  the  law  is  less  rigid. 

iiny  one  who  has  any  knowledge  of  the  subject 
is  a  ware  that  there,  too,  administration  is  hampered 
by  const  tion  arising  from  local  quarrels  and 

jealousies  over  language.  Nevertheless  one  cannot 
doubt  that  these  difficulties  will  in  time  disappear. 
There  are  influences  at  work  too  strong  to  be  cou- 
1 1  oiled  by  legislation.  As  a  general  rule  English 
parents  an.-  prepared  that  thrir  ehildren  shall  learn 
Dutch;  while  Dutch  parents  see  how  essential  is 
a  knowledge  of  English.  A  story  which  well  illus- 
trates this  tendency  is  told  of  a  small  dor])  in 
the  Orange  River  Colony.  A  Scotch  parent  com- 
plained to  the  Education  Department  that  his 
small  daughter  had  been  submitted  in  the  play- 
ground of  the  school  to  the  indignity  of  having 
a  wooden  collar  placed  round  her  neck.  On 


12       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH. 

inquiry  it  was  found  that  the  parents,  most  of 
whom  were  Dutch,  thinking  that  too  little  English 
was  taught  in  school  hours,  had  asked  that  that 
hmizu.-i.L'e  mi^'ht  be  used  during  the  play  hours. 
There  had  been  invented,  in  consequence,  a  mode 
of  punishment  which  consisted  in  fastening  a 
wooden  collar  round  the  neck  of  any  child  who 
used  a  Dutch  word  in  the  playground. 

A  conflict  is  also  possible  in  the  comparatively 
near  future  over  the  policy  of  encouraging  immi- 
gration on  lines  which  the  British  party  will  con- 
sider of  the  utmost  importance,  but  which  a  large 
section  of  the  Dutch  will  probably  resist.  Immi- 
gration as  free  as  that  into  perhaps  more  favoured 
countries  is  indeed  out  of  the  question,  since  at 
present  practically  all  unskilled  labour,  whether  in- 
dustrial or  agricultural,  is  restricted  to  Kaffirs.  But 
there  is  a  great  need  of  enterprising  and  progressive 
farmers  with  a  small  capital.  The  encourage- 
ment of  this  kind  of  immigrant  would  do  much 
to  quicken  the  country's  progress.  It  is,  too,  at 
the  moment  the  best  and  easiest  way  of  strengthen- 
ing the  white  population  against  the  black.  But 
there  is  a  very  general  prejudice,  particularly 
strong  among  the  Dutch,  against  the  newcomer 
with  which  the  advocates  of  immigration  will 
have  to  reckon. 

In  any  forecast  of  the  future  it  must  not  be 
forgotten  that  the  new  ideas,  freely  absorbed  by 
the  urban  communities,  are  not  likely  to  have  so 
thoroughly  permeated  the  back  veld.  The  national 


i  PRELIMINARY  13 

sentiment*  and  feelings  of  the  Dutch  have  bean 
forged  by  blood  and  in  MI.  and  for  many  yean 
their  patriotism  will  take  what  to  an  ardent 
imperialist  may  seem  a  narrow  form.  But  its 
development,  though  gradual,  will  be  sure.  It 
will  be  enormously  accelerated  if  the  Dutch  leaders 
rontmiio  to  be  imbued  with  that  spirit  of  tolera- 
1 1"!  i  i',  ,r  all  parties  which  has  been  so  conspicuously 
displayed  by  General  Botha,  General  Smuts,  and 
President  Steyn. 

But,  in  addition  to  the  all-powerful  force  of 
>nal  sentiment,  there  are  other  strong  causes 
disposing  the  peoples  of  the  different  colonies  to 
sink  their  different  t>.  inter-colonial  relations 
6  the  war  have  been  far  from  harmonious. 
Indeed,  men  had  begun  to  see  that  the  parting  of 
the  ways  had  been  reached,  and  that  if  thedifft 
states  were  not  soon  welded  firmly  together  they 
would  inevitably  fly  asunder.  Some  knowledge  of 
the  causes  of  inter-colonial  conflict  is  an  essential 
preliminary  to  a  study  of  the  Constitution. 


CHAPTER   II 
HISTORICAL 

MORE  than  one  attempt  has  been  made  in  South 
Africa's  history  to  make  her  one  nation.  A  short 
but  admirable  sketch  of  the  subject  is  given  in 
Lord  Selborne's  well-known  memorandum  upon 
union.  The  disunion  of  the  South  African  people 
and  the  want  of  understanding  between  the  Brit  ish 
Government  and  the  South  African  Governments 
caused  all  such  attempts  to  fail,  and  the  trials  and 
tnities  which  have  fallen  upon  South  Africa  in 
the  last  fifty  years  have  been  the  result.  The 
failure  of  the  last  attempt,  made  by  Lord  Car- 
narvon in  1876,  was  decisive.  From  that  moment 
the  people  of  the  north  entered  upon  a  path 
which  led  them  further  and  further  apart  from 
their  southern  and  eastern  neighbours.  This  was 
inevitable.  The  Boers  had  sought  their  indepen- 
dence through  dislike  of  the  British  rule.  It  was 
their  chief  object  to  guard  it  by  becoming  strong 
and  self-sufficient.  In  Delagoa  Bay  they  found 
in  outlet,  which  freed  them  from  economic 
dependence  on  the  Cape  Colony  and  Natal,  and  as 
their  strength  grew,  so  did  their  national  patriotism 
and  their  determination  never  willingly  to  accept 
the  British  flag.  Thus  their  object  waa  to  have 
as  little  real  connexion  as  was  possible  with  their 
neighbours.  As  time  passed,  the  true  effect  of 


n  HISTORICAL  16 

i,  the  growth  of  national  ideals  not  merely 
rmitii  ting  but  contradictory,  became  apparent; 
i  IK!  dl  other  meana  had  failed,  the  issue 

was  set  finally  at  reet  by  the  arbitfament  of  the 
sword.    With  the  resumption  of  government 

there  reappeared  economic  rivalries  between  the 
colonies  which,  while  always  existing,  had  formerly 
been  overshadowed  by  the  racial  conflict.  These 
rivalries,  which  centred  round  the  questions  of 
<>ms  dues  and  rai  rates,  the  adoption  of 

a  common  flag  had  done  nothing  to  exorcise.  It 
is  difficult  for  those  who  live  in  a  united  and  long 
•tittled  country  like  Great  Britain,  where  economic 
activities  are  left  mainly  to  individual  enterprise, 
to  understand  the  immense  part  which  econ< 
que>t inns  play  in  the  relations  between  the 
n  i  ments  of  n  •  •  \\  <  ountries  such  as  Australia  and 
South  Africa.  In  a  community  whose  main  object 
is  to  develop  resources  hitherto  untouched,  and 
w&ere  the  government's  main  \\nrk  is  to  foster  such 
development,  freedom  to  adapt  customs  dues  and 
railway  rates  to  the  rapidly  changing  needs  of  th< 
community  is  a  matter  of  life  and  death.  It  is, 
therefore,  no  cause  for  surprise  that  politics  should 
focus  themselves  round  such  questions. 

Questions  of  customs  dues  had  always  led  to 
bad  feeling.  In  old  days  the  Cape  Colony  and 
Natal,  controlling  all  the  means  of  ingress  into  the 
inland  colonies,  had  used  their  power  in  a  manner 
which  can  only  be  termed  unscrupulous.  Like 
robber  barons  of  the  Rhine,  they  forced  all 


16       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH. 

who  passed  by  to  pay  toll.  For  years  their 
treasuries  simply  took  all  the  produce  of  the 
duties  paid  on  goods  consigned  to  the  Transvaal 
and  Orange  Free  State.  Later  they  were  content 
with  a  fee  of  25  per  cent.,  which  was  supposed  to 
represent  the  cost  of  collecting  the  duties,  a  cost 
which  now  certainly  does  not  exceed  5  per  cent. 
The  extortions  of  the  coast  colonies  led  to  a  result 
which  soon  made  them  repent  of  their  rapacity, 
but  not  before  much  bad  blood  had  been  created. 
The  Transvaal  turned  to  Delagoa  Bay.  To 
this  day,  as  a  consequence,  the  Boers  of  the 
Transvaal  look  upon  Delagoa  Bay  as  peculiarly 
their  own  port,  whose  interests  must  be  defended 
in  opposition  to  those  of  the  harbours  in  British 
territory.  The  coast  colonies  came  to  terms,  and 
an  attempt,  partially  successful,  was  made  to  form 
a  Customs  Union,  though  before  the  war  it  never 
included  every  South  African  state. 

Soon  after  the  war,  Lord  Milner,  who  saw  the 
urgent  necessity  for  a  common  fiscal  policy,  sum- 
moned a  conference  at  Bloemfontein,  and  succeeded 
in  persuading  all  the  colonies  to  join  a  Customs 
Union.  The  arrangement,  though  carried  to  com- 
pletion, was  not  popular,  and  was  indeed  only 
ratified  in  the  Cape  Parliament  by  a  majority  of 
one  vote.  Nevertheless,  it  has  been  maintained 
to  this  day.  But  its  life  has  been  a  precarious  one. 
Twice  since,  once  in  1906  and  again  in  1908,  it  has 
been  denounced  by  one  or  other  colony.  Con- 
ferences have  met  to  patch  up  an  agreement.  No 


ii  HISTORICAL  17 

ny  has  been  satisfied.  One  has  had  too  much 
revenue  from  customs;  another  too  little;  one 
has  wished  for  higher  protective  duties  for 

j'lu  pose  of  stimulating  South  African  production  ; 
anot  hrr  has  demanded  lower  duties  in  order  to 
cheapen  the  cost  of  living.     The  Transvaal,  with 
its  large  industrial  centre  in  Johannesburg,  and 
without  any  great  need  for  customs  revenue,  has 
wished  to  revise  the  tariff  in  the  direction  of  free 
trade,  while  the  coast  colonies,  believing  that,  if 
manufactures  were  protected,  they  would  spring 
up,  not  in  the  interior,  but  at  the  coast,  owing  to 
t  lir  lower  cost  of  living  and  lower  wages  there,  were 
in  favour  of  hi^h.-r  protection,  particularly  as  that 
policy  coincided  with  their  desire  for  more  revenue. 
(>n    tin-    other   hand,   a   union    of    any    kind   was 
mgered  by  the  very  strong  desire  of  the  agri- 
cultural population  of  the  Transvaal  for  protection 
against  the  farmers  of  the  Cape  Colony.     Transvaal 
i  era  regarded  the  great  m  a  r  k  et  of  Johannesburg 
as  peculiarly  their  own  preserve,  and  were  clamor- 
ous for  protection  a^.tm-t  the  successful  competi- 
tion from  the  Cape.     During  the  year  1908  General 
tia  had   no   little   difficulty    in   stemming  this 
<ind,  to  yield  to  which  meant  the  complete 
iption  of  the  Customs  Union.     For  another 
reason  the  Union  was  bound  to  be  unpopular.     I 
was  a  treaty  between  different  states,  and  it  was 
^ecret.     Being  a  treaty  it  could  not  be 
altered  by  any  of  the  parliaments.     It  had  to  be 
accepted  or  rejected,  as  it  stood.     Its  terms  were 


18       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

not,  therefore,  subject  to  popular  control.  Its 
maintenance  has  indrrd  been  due  rather  to  the 
fact  that  South  African  statesmen  have  shrunk 
from  the  consequences  of  its  disruption  than  t<> 
any  general  wish  to  continue  it. 

Railway  rates  have  been  an  even  more  constant 
and  potent  source  of  inter-colonial  conflict.  The 
railways  throughout  South  Africa  are  state  rail- 
ways, and  railway  revenues  have  an  extremely 
important  bearing  on  the  financial  stability  of  the 
ral  colonies.  The  traffic  to  the  Witwatersrand 
is  the  most  profitable  of  all,  and  it  is  for  this  prize 
that  all  governments  and  ports  in  South  Africa 
have  long  contended.  The  railway  from  the  Cape 
ports  was  first  in  the  field,  and  till  about  1894 
the  Cape,  in  consequence,  secured  all  the  traffic. 
On  the  completion  of  the  Natal  line  Durban  also 
quickly  obtained  a  substantial  share.  Last  of  all 
came  Delagoa  Bay,  but  until  after  the  war  no 
very  serious  competition  was  met  with  from  that 
port,  where  there  were  at  that  time  few  facilities 
for  handling  traffic. 

The  Witwatersrand  may  thus  be  compared  to 
the  hub  of  a  wheel  from  which  radiate  lines  to 
Delagoa  Bay,  Durban,  and  the  Cape  ports.  It 
follows  that  the  government  which  controlled  the 
railways  of  the  Transvaal  was  in  a  commanding 
position,  and  could  play  off  the  different  lines 
and  ports  against  one  another.  For  years  this 
has  been  a  dominant  issue  in  inter-colonial  poli- 
tics. Any  one  who  cared  to  read  the  reports  of 


ii  EffiTORK  \1  i<» 

the  endless  railway  conferences  held  since  1806 

1  find  the  same  story  in  every  one  of  them. 

Thomas  Price,  the  general  manager  of  the 

Central  South  African  Railways,  was,  in  1008,  in 
exact  1\  th<-  NMM  ptMttOfl  s  Mr.  Middelburg,  the 
general  manager  of  the  Netherlands  Railway 
Company,  occupied  in  1805.  He  was,  in  short, 
able  for  all  practical  purposes  to  dictate  his  own 
terms.  Important  as  it  was  to  each  port  to  secure 
as  much  of  the  Rand  traffic  as  it  could,  it  \\.t- 
doubly  important  to  the  Governments  of  the  Cape 
Colony  and  Natal,  for  tiny  were  accustomed  to 
in ak  linanrial  stability  largely  dependen 

railway  earnings,  and  these  earnings  again 
were  to  a  great  extent  dependent  on  the  trade  to 
nsvaal.     Unfortunately  for  the  cause  of 
harmony,  the  interests  of  the  Transvaal  in  thi> 
:or  were  diametrically  oppos<  <   <>f  the 

r  colonies.  The  revenue  earned  by  the  Trans- 
Vaal  l&BWSys  on  every  ton  carried  from  Delagoa 
Bay  was,  owing  to  the  greater  mileage  within  the 
isvaal  frontiers,  much  larger  than  that  earned 
«»n  <  very  ton  carried  from  Durban  or  the  Tape  ports . 
The  Transvaal  Government  could  hardly  be  ex- 
pected to  be  so  altruistic  as  to  prefer  the  welfare  of 
the  ports  of  the  Cape  Colony  and  Natal  to  that  of 
its  own  people  and  di  iffic  from  the  Delagoa 

Bay  line  to  the  Cape  and  Natal  lines.  In  any  case 
it  could  hardly  have  done  so,  even  had  it  had  the 
desire.  1m  it  was  bound  to  the  Portuguese 
Government,  and  could  not  act  without  its  con- 

B  2 


20       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH. 

sent.  In  1901,  impelled  by  the  urgent  necessity 
that  the  mines  should  recommence  working,  Lord 
Milner.  without  consultation  with  the  Cape  Colony  or 
Natal,  concluded  an  agreement  with  the  Portuguese 
Government.  That  Government  gave  certain  f  acil  i  - 
ties  for  the  recruitment  of  native  labour  for  the 
mines,  while  Delagoa  Bay  obtained  the  security  that 
railway  rates  would  not  be  altered  to  its  detriment . 
As  Delagoa  Bay  was  put  in  no  better  position  than 
it  had  been  in  1  >ef  ore  t  lie  war,  no  one  could  have  fore- 
seen the  result  which  has  actually  occurred.  Owing 
mainly  to  the  great  improvements  made  in  the  har- 
bour itself,  there  has  been,  ever  since  1901,  a  gradual 
but  sure  transference  of  traffic  to  Delagoa  Bay. 
That  port  gets  now  about  67  per  cent,  of  the  whole 
Rand  traffic  ;  the  Cape  ports,  which  in  1894  got 
80  per  cent.,  now  get  about  11  per  cent.  Durban's 
share  has  also  been  steadily  falling. 

The  Cape  and  Natal  Governments  have  ever 
since  its  conclusion  continued  to  express  them- 
selves in  terms  of  great  hostility  to  this  agreement , 
and  the  British  ports  have  watched  with  dismay 
and  resentment  the  gradual  diversion  of  their 
trade.  On  the  other  hand,  the  more  the  traffic 
went  to  Delagoa  Bay,  the  larger  grew  the  revenues 
of  the  Transvaal.  The  government  and  people 
of  the  Transvaal  were  not,  therefore,  inclined  to 
pay  much  attention  to  the  lamentations  of  their 
neighbours.  Recently  a  new  treaty  has  taken  the 
place  of  Lord  Milner's  agreement.  Its  reception 
in  South  Africa,  to  which  reference  will  be  made 


n  HISTORICAL  21 

later,  in  a  good  indication  of  the  difficulty  of  the 

\vay  question. 

But  the  situation,  bad  as  it  was,  would  have 
been  worse  had  it  not  been  for  the  wise  action  of 

Lord  MiliuT  in  another  direction.  H\  tin-  .im.il- 
gamation  of  the  railways  of  the  Transvaal  and 
IT  Colony,  he  had  at  least  secured  that 
the  latter  colony  should  share  in  the  prosperity  of 
the  I  cvitable  dev< 

t  of  Delagoa  Bay  should  not  be  detrinn 
to  its  interests.     United  to  the  Transvaal,   the 

-«  Kiver  Colony  shared  in  the  profits  of 
Delagoa  Bay  line.  Separated,  she  would  not  only 
have  lost  this  advantage,  but  would  have  add*  <1 
double  strength  to  the  Transvaal's  inclination  t<> 
turn  to  Delagoa  Bay,  for  the  latter  colony  would 
tin -ii  h  nothing  at  all  on  traffic  coming 

the  Cape  ports  until  it  reached  Vereeniging, 
only  titty  miles  distant  from  Johannesburg, 
whereas  by  the  amalgamation  it  shared  in  the 
l>r<>tits  upon  the  whole  line  from  the  Orange  Hi 
a  distance  of  between  three  and  four  hundred 
miles.  It  was  this  geographical  difficulty  whieh 
led  to  an  open  rupture  in  1895  between  the  Cape 
Colony  and  the  South  African  Republic,  when  the 
latter  was  forced  to  yield  only  by  the  intervention 
of  the  Imperial  Government. 

But  this  has  been  by  no  means  the  only  quarrel 
railways.     The    construction   of   «  new 

with  the  consequent  alteration 
from  the  ports,  has  been  since  the  war  the  signal 


22       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

for  an  immediate  struggle  bet  worn  ihr  colonies— 
one  seeking  to  gain  the  trade,  the  other  to  retain 
IE  Rate  wars  between  the  governments  have  not 
hern  avoided,  and  public  opinion  has  on  several 
occasions  been  inflamed.  Th<  following  is  one 
instance  out  of  many.  The  Orange  River  Colony 
Government  wished  to  build  a  line  from  Bloemfon- 
tein  to  Kimberley.  This  meant  that  some  of  the 
Kimberley  traffic,  which  was  the  most  profitable 
traffic  of  the  Cape  Government  railways,  might  be 
transferred  from  the  Cape  ports  to  Durban.  The 
Cape  Government  accordingly  refused  to  allow  any 
junction  to  be  made  with  its  lines  at  Kimberley. 
The  Orange  River  Colony  threatened  to  build  to 
the  border,  only  three  miles  from  Kimberley,  and 
transport  the  goods  by  waggon.  The  Cape  Go vcr  1 1  - 
inent  replied  that  it  would  erect  a  wire  fence  along 
the  border  and  refuse  ingress  to  any  goods. 
Eventually  an  agreement  was  reached  by  which 
the  interests  of  the  Cape  ports  were  protected  for 
a  term  of  years,  and  Durban  prevented  from  com- 
peting, but  this  was  only  at  the  cost  of  absurdly 
high  rates  along  the  line  itself,  which  go  far  to 
hamper  its  utility. 

Numerous  attempts  have  been  made  to  compose 
these  inter-colonial  differences,  but  they  have  all 
necessarily  failed,  since  the  differences  arose  from 
the  very  fact  of  disunion.  Frequent  conferences 
have  been  held,  but  without  avail.  In  1905, 
shortly  before  Lord  Milner  left  South  Africa, 
a  conference  was  held  in  Johannesburg  under  his 


ii  HISTORICAL  LM 

presidency.     At  its  conclusion  he  made  a  moving 
appeal  in  words  which  well  illustrate  the  .iitliculties 

\\hich  .  •MMtiMMtrd  him.     He  said  : 


4  1  do  not  see  how  the  policy  of  railway  develop- 

in.  nt   tliroughout  South  A  trie*  can  be  otherwise 
than  greatly  retarded  by  the  fact  that  the 

present  system  of  four  separate  administrations 
the  benefit  to  the  country  generally  of  any  new 
line  is  constantly  obscured  and  thrown  into  the 
.jr.  .in,  .I  by  considerations  of  its  effect  upon 
the  comparative  profits  from  the  railways  of  tin- 
several  states. 

•  1  1  may  be  established  on  the  most  conclusive 

evidence  that  a  particular  line  U  m  th«-  general 

interest  and  would  develop  commerce  and  increase 

prosperity.      Yet     that    line    may    be    indefinitely 

I  pecause  it  is  going  to  take  m<  it  of 

the   pocket  of   a    particular    adm  ion.      If 

ly  one  pocket  this  obstacle   would 

Vou  may  to-morrow  find  that  the  abandonment 
of  a  particular  through  line  in  favour  of  another 
would  involve  an  enormous  saving  to  the  country, 
yet  you  may  be  absolutely  debarred  from  the 
consideration  of  the  matter,  because  of  the 
e  of  state  revenues  which  it  would 

>lve.     I  might  give  scores  of  instances  to  p 

drawbacks  of  the  present  system.  We  have 
got  into  a  rut,  and  we  shall  never  get  out  of  that 
rut  until  there  is  community  of  interest  in  all  the 
main  railways  of  South  Africa.  When  that  is 
achieved,  we  shall  be  able  to  have  a  real  railway 
policy  for  the  best  development  of  the  country 
as  a  whole,  which  can  also  be  in  the  interests  of 
the  consumer. 

1  should  like  to  record,  as  a  parting  word,  my 
ion  of  the  supreme  importance  of  trying  to 


24      THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA      <  H 

get  over  that  conflict  of  State  interests  in  the 
matter  of  railways.  I  know  it  would  be  very 
ditVicult  to  adjust  all  interests,  but  even  if  it 
took  six  months  to  arrive  at  an  adjustment,  it 
\\ould  be  made  for  all  time.  What  impresses  m<> 
is  that  almost  every  railway  question  which  is 
brought  forward,  however  trivial  it  may  be,  raises 
the  whole  controversy,  and  the  battle  between 
irt  ing  interests  has  to  be  fought  out  over 
and  over  again  on  each  occasion.  You  bad  far 
it  once  for  all.  Would  it  not  be 
'possible  to  sit  down,  and — even  if  it  occupied 
six  months — settle  the  basis  on  which  all  the  rail- 
ways could  be  worked  as  one  concern,  and  so  end 
once  for  all  this  continual  controversy  ? 

'  I  do  not  wish  to  urge  the  Conference  to  adopt 
any  platonic  resolutions  to-day  if  they  do  not 
wish  to,  but  I  am  glad  to  have  the  opportunity, 
which  will  probably  be  my  last,  of  expressing 
the  strong  feeling  I  have  on  the  subject.  What 
I  wish  is  to  see  the  principle  which  has  been  applied 
to  the  railways  of  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  River 
Colony  extended  to  all  the  State  railways  of 
South  Africa.  I  am  certain  that,  whatever  may 
be  the  prevalent  opinion  about  pooling  the  rail- 
ways of  the  two  colonies  to-day,  when  the  matter 
comes  to  be  looked  at  by  the  historian,  when  the 
subject  is  seen  in  all  its  aspects  and  consequences, 
it  will  be  regarded  as  a  good  step  forward.  What- 
else,  to  which  I  have  been  a  party  in  South 
Africa  in  the  last  few  years,  may  be  condemned, 
I  am  sure  that  this  step  will  not  be  condemned  in 
the  judgement  of  the  future.  I  am  glad  to  have 
had  the  opportunity  of  expressing  my  opinion 
that  it  is  in  the  highest  interests  of  South  Africa 
to  go  further  in  that  direction,  and  I  hope  that 
future  conferences  will  succeed  in  finding,  on 
these  lines,  a  way  out  of  the  very  great  difficulties 
that  at  present  exist.' 


ii  HISTORICAL 

Since  thru  the  dangers  whi<  h   Ixxd  Milner  so 
clearly  saw  have  impressed   themselves  on  the 

popular   imagination.    Responsible  statesmen   m 

1 1    Africa,   who  are  not  accustomed  to  talk 
lightly,  have  expressed  on  that,   n 

some  way  out  were  not  soon  found.  South  Africa 
might,  before  many  years,  b<>  plunged  once  more 
into   internecine  strife.     Failing   the   attainment 
of  a   complete  Union   the  Transvaal  would   un- 
doubtedly have  gone  its  own  wa\ .     1 1  would  have 
uith    the    Customs    Union    and    framed 
nl'  suited  purely  to  its  own  need*-  ould 

have  protected  its  nascent    manufactures  and  it- 
agriculture  against  the  other  colonies,  and 
its  eyes  away  from  tin    liritish  ports  to  Delagoa 
Bay.     ^IK  h  a  policy  had  great  at  us,  and 

it  might  well  have  been  that  tor  some  years  the 

svaal  would  have  been  more  prosperous  than 
she  is  likely  to  be  in  the  Union.     But  its  su« 
would  have  been   secured  at   tin    upsnse  ol   ite 
neighbours'    prosperity    and     of     South 
peac<   ;    and        :  Mirts  the  end  of  which   it   is  im- 

ihle  to  foresee  would  have  arisen.  Neverthe- 
less, it  speaks  well  for  the  patriotism  of  the  people 
of  the  Transvaal  that  they  have  paid  so  little 
attention  to  selfish  hut  attractive  arguments  of 
this  nature. 

The    economic    conflict     hctwccn     thr    rolomcs 
culminated  last  year  i  dlock.     Immediately 

on    tin-    inception    of   respohatBrBKSrinnent    the 

i. svaal  Government  gave  notice  to  the  <> 


L'ii       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     <  H 

Governments  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the 
present  Customs  Union.  The  tariff,  which  had 
been  agreed  upon  in  1906  at  a  Conference  in 
Hantzburg,  had  been  framed  with  the  object 
of  providing  more  revenue  for  the  Cape  Colony 
and  Natal,  both  of  whom  were  then  urgently  in 
need  of  money.  It  had  been  strongly  opposed 
in  the  Transvaal  as  needlessly  high  and  as  increas- 
ing the  already  excessive  cost  of  living.  The 
Crown  Colony  Government  had  defended  their 
action  on  the  ground  that  they  were  not  prepared 
so  shortly  before  responsible  government  to  take 
the  momentous  step  of  breaking  away  from  the 
Customs  Union.  It  was  with  the  intention  of 
securing  a  readjustment  of  the  tariff  to  suit  the 
needs  of  the  Transvaal,  and  also  such  alterations 
in  railway  rates  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  new 
Transvaal  Government  were  needed  in  the  interests 
both  of  the  coast  and  the  interior,  that  a  Con- 
ference was  summoned  at  Pretoria  in  May,  1908. 
But  in  fact  all  the  governments  knew  that  any 
satisfactory  settlement  of  the  problems  with  which 
they  were  confronted  was  out  of  the  question. 
The  Conference,  therefore,  with  great  wisdom, 
commenced  its  proceedings  by  discussing  and 
passing  unanimously  resolutions  pledging  the 
governments  to  summon  a  National  Convention 
for  the  purpose  of  drafting  a  constitution  for 
South  Africa.  It  is  true  that  a  serious  attempt 
was  then  made,  both  in  Pretoria  and  later  at 
Cape  Town,  to  come  to  some  settlement  of  the 


ii  HISTORICAL  27 

question*  for  the  discussion  of  which  the  Con- 
ference had  ostensibly  met.  But  a  deadlock 
soon  reached  The  Transvaal  refused  to 
to  an  ih<nast  in  the  customs  duties  over  the 
Hcale  of  1906;  the  Cape  Colony  and  Natal 
refused  to  accept  the  Transvaal's  proposals  for 
tin  adjustment  of  railway  rates.  Nothing  what- 
ever was  settled  except  to  continue  the  settlement 
1  to  postpone  an  open  rupture  until  it 
was  known  whetlMF  UUmphjUj  political  union  could 
be  seen  i 


Apart,  too,  from  economic  questions  which  have 
been  more  immediately  in  the  public  eye,  thought- 
tul  men  have  long  seen  in  the  native  question  also 
a  peril  which  menaces  the  future.  The  enlightened 
handling — it  would  be  looking  too  far  into  the 
future  to  say  the  solution — of  this  intractable 
problem  will  demand  the  united  efforts  of  the  whole 
South  African  people  under  the  leadership  of  the 
wisest  statesmen  they  can  choose.  No  other 
n  is  faced  with  a  future  so  perilous.  There 
are,  it  is  true,  twice  as  many  negroes  in  the  Southern 
States  as  there  are  in  South  Africa,  but  in  the 
United  States  as  a  whole  the  white  population 
vastly  outnumbers  the  black.  The  white  men  of 
the  south  have  behind  them  the  enormous  white 
reservoir  of  the  north.  Fn  South  Africa  there  are 
five  Kaffirs  to  every  white  man,  and  they  are 
Basing  faster.  Already  they  have  a  monopoly 
of  all  the  unskilled  labour  of  the  count: 
they  are  beginning  t<>  compote  in  the  skilled 


28       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     <  ... 

trades  also.  Will  the  white  man  be  able  to  hold 
his  own  ?  The  growth  of  a  poor  white  class  which 
is  too  ignorant  for  any  skilled  trade  and  yet 
-es  to  do  *  Kaffir  work '  is  an  ominous  sign. 
The  future  relations  between  races  and  their 
reaction  one  upon  the  other  are  obscure,  but  it  is 
raanifot  that  the  white  man,  far  from  improving, 
can  only  maintain  his  position  by  demonstrating 
that,  man  for  man,  he  is  a  better  and  more  efficient 
instrument  of  labour  than  the  Kaffir.  Some  com- 
petent observers  believe  he  will  do  so  ;  others, 
more  pessimistic,  predict  the  gradual  submerge n<  < 
of  the  white  population,  or  in  the  alternative  the 
adoption  of  methods  of  repression  leading  to  a 
war  of  extermination.  Whatever  the  differences 
of  opinion  may  be,  most  men  recognize  that  the 
problem  must  be  treated  as  one  throughout  South 
Africa.  Hitherto  the  opposite  policy  has  been 
pursued,  and  must  ultimately  have  led  to  disaster. 
The  Cape  Colony  had  one  native  policy  ;  Natal 
another  entirely  different ;  the  Transvaal  and 
Orange  River  Colony  a  third.  No  one  who  knows 
the  different  stages  of  development  among  the 
different  tribes  would  advocate  absolute  uni- 
formity of  administration.  But  it  is  at  least 
necessary  that  the  problem  should  be  viewed  as 
a  whole,  and  that  different  remedies  should  not 
be  applied  to  the  same  disease.  The  natives  of 
Pondoland  are  not  very  different  from  those  in 
southern  Natal ;  but  they  are  living  under  an 
entirely  different  system  of  government.  As  it  is 


ii  HISTORICAL  iMi 

the  ever-widening  gulf  between  the  native  policies 
of  the  different  states  not  only  endangered  the 

vement  of  union,  but  has  left  to  the  Union 
a    thiv.itemng    problem    \\hnh    mu-t 
be  tackled  in  tin  .     In  another  gei 

tinn  tli,«  gulf  would  probably  have  been  too  wide 

•f  bridged.  Apart,  too,  from  the  more  subtle, 
though  infinitely  more  dangerous,  effect*  of  the 
interaction  between  race  and  race  in  everyday 

there  is  the  risk  of  a  native  war  with  which 
one  or  other  of  the  colonies  may  not  be  able  to 
cope.    There  is  little  doubt  that  the  white  popula- 
n   united  under  one  government  rong 

^enough  to  deal  with  any  danger  of  the  kind.    But 
tin-  .Linger  of  the  existing  situation  and  thr  need 
for  some  Uniterm  scheme  of  local  defence  were 
recently  illustrated  by  the  Zulu  Rebellion  in  Natal. 
Disunion    not    only     brought    with    it     many 
1 1    meant   also  that  government  was 
iumbrous,  and  expensive.    Four  separ- 
ate systems  were  needed  for  the  control  of  one 
million  white  inhabitants.    There  were  four  Parlia- 
iling  identical  problems  by  means  of 
differing  laws  ;  there  were  four  Courts  interpreting 

"  laws  in  diverse  manners;    there  were  four 

ernors  with  their  accompaniment  of  Go\ 
nirnt  Houses,  retinues,  and  staffs  ;  there  were  four 
Governments,    driven    in   every   sphere   of   their 
activity  to  recognize  the  necessity  of  unity  and 

latitude  of  action  and  yet  failing  to  achieve 
either  ;   th  n  treasuries,  each  borrowing 


:u>       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

money  \\  ithout  regard  to  the  needs  of  the  others  ; 
e  confusing  differences  in  many  of  the  laws, 
especially  in  such  matters  as  patents,  marriage, 
inheritance,  and  naturalization.  A  man  might  be 
a  British  subject  in  the  Cape  Cokmybut  not  in  the 
Transvaal.  Taken  alone,  all  these  elements  of  waste 
and  confusion  were  a  potent  argument  for  Union. 

Those  also,  perhaps  few  in  number,  who  were 
capable  of  grasping  the  necessities  not  only  of 
South  Africa  but  of  the  British  Empire,  recognizing 
the  rapid  development  of  the  imperial  situation, 
and  that  the  empire's  fate  may  well  depend  on  the 
creation  of  some  form  of  imperial  union  within 
the  next  twenty  or  thirty  years,  foresaw  how 
greatly  the  difficulties  of  any  action  would  be 
increased  if  no  single  government  were  responsible 
for  the  affairs  of  South  Africa.  South  African 
union  is  in  itself  a  great  step  forward  in  the 
direction  of  imperial  consolidation.  It  simplifies 
at  once  all  imperial  problems  and  particularly 
that  of  defence,  which  for  the  safety  of  the  empire 
and  its  component  parts  must  be  grappled  with 
at  once. 

During  the  last  two  years  an  active  work  of 
propaganda  in  favour  of  union  has  been  carried 
on.  The  necessity  of  educating  public  opinion  was 
recognized  by  Lord  Selborne,  whose  work  on 
behalf  of  Union  during  his  tenure  of  the  offices 
of  High  Commissioner  and  Governor  of  the 
Transvaal  is  recognized  throughout  South 
Africa,  His  well-known  Review  of  the  Mutual 


ii 

Relation*  of  the  British  South  African  Colonies, 
published  in  1007,  is  admitted  to  have  had  a 
marked  effect  on  public  <»|>im<>n.  The  educative 
progress  was  continued  and  carried  a  step  further 
by  the  anonymous  publi.  .it  ion  of  a  work  entitled 
The  Government  of  South  Africa.  The 
.timed  at  giving  an  epitome  of  all  the  activities  of 
government  in  South  Africa,  with  tin-  ot 
«\  plaining  defects  in  the  existing  systems,  so  far 
as  they  were  due  to  the  absence  of  a  central 
government,  and  providing  the  materials  of  a 
sound  judgement  on  all  those  questions  which 
.Id  arise  in  the  formation  of  a  new  constitu- 
tion. The  book  disavowed  any  intention  of 
id -mul at  ing  a  definite  scheme  of  union,  but  it 
is  noticeable  that  the  authors  found  themselves 
driven  to  recommend  the  unitary  form  of  go\ 

-      Later,  closer  union  societies  wore  formed 
tin. )ughout  South  Africa.     They  served  the  double 
purpose   of   centres   of   propaganda   and   of   an 
organized  force  in  case  an  active   campaign  in 
favour  of  the  movement  were  found  necessary. 
Undoubtedly  this  active  work  of  education  not 
only  did  mm -h  to  mould  public  opinion,  but  has 
also  been  not  without  its  effect  on  the  actual 
form  of  the  constitution  itself. 
It  was  in  these  circumstances,  and  with  the 
\vledge   of   the   responsibilities  resting   upon 
them,  that  the  members  of  the  Convention  ap- 
pointed by  the  four  Colonial  Parliaments  met   in 
1    irban  in  October,  1908. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  CONVENTION 

I  r  is  interesting  to  compare  this  body,  which  is 
likely  to  become  famous  in  South  African  history, 
with  that  renowned  assembly,  the  Federal  Con- 
vention of  the  United  States,  and  the  Conventions 
of  Canada  and  Australia.  We  are  told  by  John 
Fiske,  the  author  of  The  Critical  Period  of  American 
History,  that  in  its  composition  the  Federal 
Convention  of  the  United  States  left  '  nothing  to 
be  desired.  In  its  strength  and  in  its  weakness 
it  was  an  ideally  perfect  assembly.  There  were 
fifty-five  men,  all  of  them  respectable  for  family 
and  for  personal  qualities — men  who  had  been 
well  educated,  and  had  done  something  whereby 
to  earn  recognition  in  these  troubled  times. 
Twenty-nine  were  university  men,  graduates  of 
Harvard,  Yale,  Columbia,  Princetown,  William 
and  Mary,  Oxford,  Glasgow,  Edinburgh.  Twenty- 
six  were  not  university  men'.  The  thirty-three 
delegates  of  the  Quebec  Convention  of  1864, 
curiously  enough  the  exact  number  of  the  South 
African  Convention,  are  stated  by  Sir  John 
Bourinot,  not  perhaps  a  very  critical  judge,  to 
have  been  '  all  men  of  large  experience  in  the  work 
of  administration  or  legislation  ' ;  but  the  names 
of  few  of  them,  with  the  notable  exception  of 
Sir  John  MacDonald,  are  known  beyond  the  con- 


in  THE  CONVENTION  33 

fines  of  il». -11  11  ative  land.  The  Australian  Con- 
H  were  conspicuous  for  their  large  proportion 
ble  lawyers,  possessed  of  great  oonstitutional 
learning.  The  South  African  Convention  was  prob- 
ably different  in  its  character  from  them  all ; 
certainly  it  was  unlike  tin*  American  Convention. 
Its  outstanding  characteristic  was  the  preponder- 
ance of  the  farming  element.  \\lu>  h  is  everywhere 
supposed  to  be  essentially  conservative  in  its 
ire.  Out  of  the  thirty-three  delegates,  about 
one-third  were  farmers  pure  and  simple ;  the 
interests  of  several  of  the  remainder,  such  as 
Dr.  Smartt  and  Sir  Percy  Fitzpatrick,  lie  largely 
in  farming ;  and  still  others,  such  as  General 
Smuts,  Mr.  Hull,  Sir  Henry  de  Villiere,  and  a  few 
<>,  though  not  themselves  actually  engaged  in 
farming,  are  directly  interested  in  it.  There 
were,  in  addition,  about  ten  lawyers,  two  or  three 
men  connected  with  commerce  and  mining,  two 
journalists,  and  three  ex-officials.  In  contrast  to 
the  United  States  Convention  there  was  a  con- 
nous  absence  of  university  men.  A  few  had 
been  trained  at  the  Cape  University,  but  the 
famous  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge 
claimed  only  a  single  representative  in  the  person 
of  General  Smuts.  It  was  not  so  much  for  educa- 
t  ion  as  for  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  world  and 
of  politics  that  the  Convention  was  conspicuous. 
South  Africa  has  passed  through  troubled  years, 
and  those  men  who  have  played  a  great  part  in 
her  affairs  have  been  tried  and  tested  in  the 

c 


34       THE  UNION  OK  soiTH    AI'KICA     en. 

furnace  of  experience.  War  itself  is  a  supreme 
test  of  character,  and  no  man  can  successfully 
pass  such  a  trial  without  some  conspicuous  qualii  iai 
for  leadership.  Botha,  Steyn,  Smuts,  De  la  Rey, 
and  De  Wet,  recognized  leaders  of  the  Dutch, 
have,  by  their  conduct  in  the  struggle  for  indepen- 
(!•!  ice,  fully  earned  the  confidence  and  trust  of  their 
people  ;  and  the  qualities  that  sustained  them  in 
war  have  now  been  displayed  for  their  country's 
benefit  in  the  peaceful  campaign  for  union.  On 
the  British  side,  too,  the  delegates  present  at  the 
Convention  were  men  whose  natural  capacities  had 
brought  them  to  the  front  in  the  struggles  of  the 
last  ten  or  fifteen  years.  As  examples  it  is  only 
necessary  to  mention  the  names  of  Dr.  Jameson, 
Sir  George  Farrar,  and  Sir  Percy  Fitzpatrick. 
Then  there  were  others,  '  elder  statesmen '  and 
men  of  South  African  reputation,  whose  long  and 
bitter  political  struggles,  whether  in  the  Cape 
Colony  or  elsewhere,  might  well  have  warped  their 
judgements,  but  upon  whom  the  events  of  the  last 
three  or  four  years  appear  to  have  had  a  mellowing 
effect. 

The  Convention  took  time  over  its  task.  It 
met  first  on  October  12  in  Durban  ;  it  completed 
its  work  at  the  end  of  the  first  week  in  February 
at  Cape  Town.  But  it  did  not  sit  continuously 
during  these  four  months.  There  were  two  inter- 
ludes, the  first  of  a  fortnight  or  so  between  the  end 
of  the  Durban  session  and  the  beginning  of  that  at 
Cape  Town,  and  the  second  of  nearly  three  weeks 


111  THE  CONVENTION  :$:, 

mtmaa  holidays.     Nevertheless,  the 

k    was   never   interrupted.     Much   was   done 

during  the  intervals  between  the  regular  sittingH 

'ittmjj  the  ( 'on\ention's  resolutions  into  the 
shape  of  a  bill,  and  in  preparing  new  ground. 
During  tin-  \\h<»le  of  October  the  ConvrntK.il 
remained  in  Durban.  Much  progress  was  made 
.UK!  man\  diHirultio  overcome.  Then,  partly 
because  of  the  increasing  heat,  but  partly,  also, 
because  it  was  felt  necessary  that  the  delegates 
should  ;  me  in  the  calm  of  their  own  homes 

to  reflect  on  certain  very  debatable  matters 
under  consider, it  ion,  an  adjournment  was  made 
to  Cape  Town.  Moreover,  the  Cape  delegates  were 

i rally  anxious  that  the  Convention  should  have 
an  opportunity  of  seeing  for  themselves  the 
beauties  of  the  parent  city.  The  Convention 
remained  at  Cape  Town  until  it  had  completed 
ming  a  constitution.  Some  months 
later  there  was  a  short  but  critical  session  at 
Bloemfontoin  to  consider  the  amendments  sug- 
gested by  the  various  parliaments. 

As  this  sketch  does  not  pretend  to  be  a  history 

he  movement  towards  union,  it  is  unnecessary 

lo  more  than  refer  briefly  to  the  proceedings 
in  the  respective  Parliaments,  and  the  nature  of 
the  amendments  recommended  by  them.  In  the 
Transvaal  there  was  no  opposition  at  any  stage. 
The  leaders  of  both  parties  wisely  insisted  upon  the 
great  danger  of  any  tampering  with  the  Constitu- 
tion signed  by  the  Convention  at  Cape  Town. 


•M       I  Mi:    UNION  OF  SOUTH   AFRICA    m. 

They  impressed  upon  their  followers  the  fact  that 
the  document  was  the  result  of  compromises  by 
all  parties.  It  was  thus  a  delicately -balanced 
equipoise,  all  parts  of  which  were  interdependent, 
and  no  alteration  could  be  made  without  the  risk 
of  a  total  collapse.  Their  advice  was  taken,  and 
the  draft  was  agreed  to  by  the  Transvaal  Parlia- 
ment without  a  single  amendment  being  recom- 
mended to  the  Convention. 

The  delegates  in  the  other  colonies  also  laid 
stress  in  their  Parliaments  on  the  danger  of  altera- 
tion, but  with  less  success.  In  the  Orange  River 
Colony  only  one  or  two  amendments  were  sug- 
gested, but  they  were  of  vital  importance.  They 
related  to  the  burning  question  of  *  equal  rights  ' 
and  *  one  vote,  one  value  '.  Every  one  knew  that 
the  Convention  had  had  great  difficulty  in  coming 
to  any  agreement  at  all  on  this  matter,  and  that 
to  re-open  it  again  might  wreck  everything.  The 
amendments  recommended  by  the  Parliament  of 
the  Orange  River  Colony  were  practically  identical 
both  in  form  and  substance  with  those  soon  after 
adopted  in  the  Cape  Parliament.  The  Dutch 
leaders  in  the  Orange  River  Colony  were  clearly 
in  sympathy  on  this  point  with  those  leaders  of 
the  Bond  to  whom  this  part  of  the  Constitution 
was  so  objectionable. 

In  the  Cape  Parliament,  against  the  advice  of 
all  the  delegates  from  that  colony,  amendments 
were  passed  involving  the  practical  abandonment 
of  proportional  representation,  and  the  re-opening 


in  THE  CONVENTION 


bhfl   \\liole  question  of  'equal  rights'.     But, 

igh  their  reluctance  was  obvious,  the  delegates 

the    Government    side    found    themselves 

obliged  to  follow  the  rank  and  Hie  of  their  party, 

and  vote  for  fundamental  alterations  in  the  docu- 

ment   \\hirh    they  had  signed  but  a  few  weeks 

before.     Other  amendments,  of  greater  or  less 

importance,  most  of  them  of  an  un  controversial 

were   also   recommended    by    the   Cape 

Parliament. 

In  Natal  countless  amendments  were  brought 

ard.    Most  of  th<>m  were  merely  obstructive; 

some  were  ridiculous.    Several  amendments  were, 

however,  carried,  and  the  Convention  found   it 

necessary,  in  order  to  placate  Natal,  to  go  as  far 

as  possible  in  accepting  them.    But  none  of  them 

did  anything  to  improve  either  the  form  or  tin- 

stance  of  the  Constitution. 

In     reality,    however,    the    only    amendments 

\\lihh  proved  at  the  Bloemfontein  session  of  tilt- 

Convention  to  be  a   serious  danger  were  those 

passed  in  the  Parliaments  of  the  Cape  and  Orange 

r  Colony.     Fortunately,   as  is  explained  in 

<  'h.ipter  VI,  the  Convention  managed,  in  the  end, 

to  discover  a  solution  of  the  ditti*  -ul 

After  the  Convention  had  dealt  with  the  amend- 
ments recommended  by  the  Parliaments,  the  final 
approval  of  the  different  colonies  had  to  be  ob- 
t  uned.  In  none  of  them  except  Natal  was  it 
considered  necessary  to  adopt  any  special  means 
(•sting  the  popular  feeling.  It  was  contvtly 


38     THE  UNION   OF  SOUTH  AFRICA    OH. 

supposed  that  the  Parliaments  sufficiently  repre- 
sented the  will  of  the  people.  In  one  or  two 
colonies,  indeed,  there  was  some  agitation  for 
a  direct  popular  vote  by  means  of  a  referendum, 
but  it  soon  collapsed.  The  Dutch  leaders  \\rn- 
-tnuigly  opposed  to  it,  and  stigmatized  it  as 
a  new-fangled  idea  to  which  their  people  u  (•re- 
quite unaccustomed.  So  long  indeed  as  the  Boers 
are  content  to  abide  by  the  opinions  of  their 
leaders,  what  was  the  use  of  going  to  the  trouble 
of  taking  a  referendum  ?  There  was  everything 
to  lose  and  nothing  to  gain  by  so  doing.  Nor  did 
the  British  population  ask  for  it.  They  were  satis- 
fied with  the  Constitution,  and  wished  to  avoid 
anything  which  might  cause  a  delay  in  carrying 
the  change  into  effect  as  soon  as  possible. 

In  Natal,  on  the  other  hand,  there  was  much 
less  enthusiasm  for  union,  and  much  more  sus- 
picion of  the  motives  of  those  who  were  bringing 
it  about.  The  people  of  Natal,  cut  off  as  they  are 
by  the  great  wall  of  the  Drakensberg  from  the 
rest  of  South  Africa,  have  always  lived  a  life  of 
their  own.  They  have  prided  themselves  on  being 
almost  purely  British,  and  on  their  maintenance 
of  British  methods  and  ideals.  It  was  natural 
that  they  should  hesitate  to  abandon  their  inde- 
pendence and  cast  in  their  lot  without  reserve 
with  the  rest  of  South  Africa.  To  them  it  seemed 
equivalent  to  accepting  Dutch  dominance.  The 
Natal  press  was  throughout,  until  almost  the  very 
last  week  or  so,  wholly  opposed  to  union,  and  it 


in  Mil    CONVENTION  :t-.i 

aeemed  very  doubtful  to  which  side  public  opinion 
leaned.  In  these  circumstances  it  waa  deairable 
to  teat  the  feeling  of  the  colony  by  the  moat  direct 

means  possible.     A  r*/,nn<lum  wa.s  then-fun-  taken. 

Contrary   to  general  expectation   it    revealed  an 

overwhelming  majority  for  union,  a  good  teati- 
mon\  to  the  sound  aenae  of  the  people  of  the 
OOlony.  '  °r  sooner  or  later  Natal  muat  have 
•  •d  the  union.  She  would  have  discovered 
that  no  other  course  waa  possible.  There  waa 
every  reason,  therefore,  why  she  should  come  in 
uillingly  at  once. 

Thus,  almost  within  t  \selve  months  of  the  tirat 
being  •  the  project  had  been  carried  to 

I  »lft  ion.  jn   May,    1908,    the   Pretoria   Con- 
nee  resolved  to  recommend  the  summoning  of 
a  National  Convention  :    hy  June,   1909,  a  South 
African  Constitution  had  been  accepted  by  every 
colony. 

Unlike  its  Australian  predecessors,  the  Con 

sat  in  secret,  and  therefore  no  reference  to 
its  proceedings  can  be  made  \\ithout  a  breach  of 
:<!( -m -e.  It  is  impossible  to  doubt  the  wisdom 
of  this  procedure.  The  questions  handled  were  so 
delicate,  and  the  feeling  upon  them  throughout 
the  country  so  divided  and  so  acute,  that  it  is  not 
conceivable  that  an  agreement  could  have  been 
reached  in  public.  It  is  well  known  that,  on  more 
occasions  than  out  .  feeling  in  the  Convention  itself 
ran  high.  Its  work  was  only  brought  to  a  success- 
ful issue  because  no  apj  ia  possible  to  the 


40       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

gallery.  The  public  was  brought  to  recognize 
that  the  result  must  in  any  case  be  a  delicately- 
balanced  equipoise,  and,  instead  of  being  daily 
inflamed,  was  content  to  wait  and  pass  a  final 
judgement  on  the  completed  work.  Thus  the 
men  who  represented  it  were  emboldened  to  act 
calmly  and  with  courage,  and  with  a  due  sense, 
not  only  of  the  immediate  present,  but  of  their 
responsibility  towards  future  generations.  As  it 
was,  and  as  must  no  doubt  always  be  the  case  in 
such  matters,  much  was  settled  outside  the  Con- 
vention itself.  Compromises  that  seemed  impos- 
sible in  the  formal  atmosphere  of  the  Convention 
room,  settled  themselves  sooner  or  later  through 
the  medium  of  personal  influences.  This  process  of 
gradual  solution,  which  was  incessant  throughout 
the  Convention,  would  have  been  impossible  in 
the  glare  of  publicity. 

The  Convention  took  its  work  seriously,  and  is 
admitted  to  have  done  it  well.  The  Transvaal 
delegates  and  no  doubt  the  representatives  of 
the  other  colonies  as  well  prepared  themselves 
thoroughly  for  their  task.  The  former,  indeed, 
spent  some  weeks  before  the  Convention  on 
the  work  of  preparation.  All  important  matters 
were  thoroughly  discussed  by  the  delegation 
as  a  whole,  and  as  a  consequence  it  arrived 
on  the  scene  of  action  united.  The  Transvaal 
delegation  alone  was  assisted  throughout  the 
Convention  by  a  staff  of  legal  advisers  and  experts. 
The  solid  front  presented  by  the  Transvaal 


111  THE  CONVENTION  41 

delegate*,  both  British  and  Dutch,  throughout 
the  Convention  wan  of  Ant-rate  importance  on 
the  result. 

It  is  an  ill  wind  that  blows  nobody  good.  All 
classes  in  South  Africa,  politicians  and  people  alike, 
ud  tired  of  disunion.  Tiny  knou  tin 
disasters  which  come  from  it,  and  they  have 
experienced  the  calamities  of  war,  and  the  leaden 
it  all  better  than  any  one  else.  They  met, 
t  hrrcfore,  in  the  determination  to  have  no  more  of 
it  and  to  make  one  big  effort  for  union,  so 
South  Africa  might  henceforth  live  in  peace.  It 
was  this  spirit  of  enthusiasm  which  alone  carried 
the  Convention  through  its  work  at  Durban  and 
Cape  Town.  Later  events,  and  particularly  tl it- 
strong  opposition  of  a  certain  section  of  the  Bond 
in  Cape  Colony  to  provisions  which  to  the  British 
section  were  fundamental,  revealed  the  thinness 
of  the  ice  over  which  the  Convention  had  skated. 
The  proceedings  in  the  Cape  Parliament,  indeed, 
Completely  damped  the  generous  spirit  shown 
at  the  first  two  sessions  of  the  Convention.  Hut 
tins,  after  all,  was  only  a  temporary  eclipse. 
It  remains  true  that  all  sides  have  been  ready 
t<>  make  great  concessions  to  attain  union.  They 
had  learnt  the  trouble  which  mine  of  preferring 
the  interests  of  the  part  to  those  of  the  whole, 
an«l  they  were  determined  not  to  repeat  the 
mistakes  of  the  past.  It  was  this  spirit  of 
tolerance,  born  of  a  profound  conviction  that  the 
continuance  of  racial  and  inter-colonial  struggles 


4:?       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

would  be  fatal  to  South  Africa,  which  led  the 
Convention,  although  representing  two  races  who 
for  many  years  have  opposed  each  other  so 
bitterly,  to  display  in  their  work  a  mutual  trust 
far  greater  than  that  shown  by  the  French  in 
Canada  or  by  the  representatives  of  the  different 
States,  although  of  the  same  nationality,  in  the 
United  States  and  Australia.  Thus  was  achieved 
in  a  few  months  a  work  which,  as  Mr.  Balfour 
said  in  the  House  of  Commons,  is  without  parallel 
in  history. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  CONSTITUTION— GENERA  I 

IN   form,  the  draft  Constitution  in  not  unlike 
those  of  Canada  and  Australia,  or  even  the  United 

States;  in  spirit,  tin-  difference  is  profound.  Tin- 
three  latter  are  federal  constitutions.  There  are 
important  differences  between  them,  but  they  all 

orm  to  what  Professor  Dicey,  in  his  work  on 
The  Law  of  the  Constitution,  has  stated  to  be  the 
three  leading  characteristics  of  federalism — the 
supremacy  of  the  constitution,  the  distribution 

ng  bodies  with  limited  and  coordinate  authority 
of  the  different  powers  of  government,  and  the 
authority  of  the  courts  to  act  as  the  interpreters  of 
the  constitution.  The  South  African  Constitution 
possesooo  none  of  these  characteristics.  The  Par- 
liament of  the  1'iiion,  and  not  the  Constitution,  is 
supreme;  power  i>  not  distributed  among  bodies 
with  limited  and  co-ordinate  authority,  but  resides 
ultimately  in  the  Parliament ;  the  Courts  will  have 
no  more  authority  than  they  have  in  Great  Britain 
to  act  as  interpreters  of  the  Constitution.  It  is 
from  the  principle  of  the  supremacy  of  Parliament 
that  flow  all  the  fundamental  differences  between 
a  federal  constitution  and  a  unitary  constitution 
sin -h  as  that  framed  for  South  Africa,  The  South 
an  Parliament  is  not,  it  is  true,  supreme  in 
manner  in  which  the  British  Parliament  is 


44       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

supreme,  because  it  is  subject  to  the  limitations 
which  the  British  Constitution  imposes  upon  all 
Colonial  parliaments,  and  further  because  in  the 
case  of  certain  sections  of  the  Constitution  its 
plenary  power  of  amendment  is  qualified.  But 
in  fact  and  in  essence  within  South  Africa  it  is 
all-powerful.  In  the  case  of  the  British  Constitu- 
tion the  supremacy  of  Parliament  has  been  called 
by  Professor  Dicey  '  the  clue  to  guide  the  inquirer 
through  the  mazes  of  a  perplexed  topic'.  It  is 
no  less  the  first  principle  of  the  South  African 
Constitution.  It  is  easy  to  establish  the  truth  of 
this  statement  from  the  terms  of  the  Act  itself. 
In  the  first  place,  Parliament  is  expressly  stated 
to  have  full  power  to  make  laws  for  the  peace, 
order,  and  good  government  of  South  Africa.  Again, 
any  ordinance  (as  the  legislative  acts  of  the 
Provincial  Councils  are  named)  is  valid  so  long  and 
so  far  only  as  it  is  not  repugnant  to  any  Act  of 
Parliament ;  and,  finally,  Parliament  may  amend 
the  Constitution  by  a  simple  act  of  legislation 
just  in  the  same  way  as  it  may  amend  any  other 
law.  There  is,  therefore,  no  such  legal  sanctity 
about  the  Constitution  as  there  is  in  the  cases  of 
the  United  States,  Canada,  and  Australia.  Par- 
liament's power  of  amendment  is,  however,  qualified 
in  two  ways.  Certain  provisions  relating  particu- 
larly to  the  legislature  cannot  be  amended  at  all 
for  a  definite,  though  short,  period ;  certain 
other  provisions,  i.e.  those  relating  to  the  native 
franchise  in  the  Cape  Colony,  to  the  equal  treat- 


is  THE  OONVI  I  I  ITION  4, 

ment  accorded  to  the  English  and  Dutch  language*, 

and  to  what  are  known  a*   *  equal  right*  \  can 

only  be  altered  by  a  two-third*  majority  of  both 

ises  of  Parliament  Hitting  together,  and  in  the 

case  of  Mill  oihn  |>i<»vi*ion*v  including  the  section* 
providing  for  'equal  right* ',  and  for  the  existence 
of  provincial  council*,  every  amending  bill  i* 
reserved  for  the  King's  pleasure.  The  section 
of  the  Act,  however,  uhich  define*  the  various 
methods  of  amending  the  Constitution  can  itself 
be  amended  by  a  similar  majority  of  tun-third*. 
Legally,  therefore,  the  only  limitation  on  the 
complete  power  of  Parliament  over  the  Const  it  u- 
ti«n  is  the  requirement  of  a  two-thirds  majority 
in  certain  particular  cases.  If  the  South  African 
Parliament,  in  the  exercise  of  its  legislative  power* 
ignored  this  requirement,  any  law  so  passed,  being 
in  conflict  with  t  he  Constitution,  or,  in  other  words, 
with  an  Imperial  Act  of  Parliament,  must  be  de- 
clared by  the  Courts  to  be  null  and  void. 

Professor  Dicey  has  charged  the  framers  of  the 

iah  North  America  Act  with  4  diplon 
inaccuracy  '  because  they  asserted  in  its  preamble 
the  Dominion  is  to  possess  'a  constitution 
similar  in  principle  to  that  of  the  United  Kingdom  '. 
Canadian  critics,  looking  rather  at  the  system  of 
parliamentary  government  in  force  in  Canada 
than  at  its  essentially  federal  nature,  have  denied 
the  justice  of  the  charge.  Whatever  the  merit* 
of  the  controversy  as  applied  to  Canada,  there  i* 
no  doubt  that  the  terms  of  the  Canadian  preamble 


46       THE  UNION  Ol    SOUTH  AFRICA     OH, 

would  have  been  entirely  applicable  to  the  South 
Africa  Act. 

In  South  Africa  this  fundamental  principle  of  the 
supremacy  of  Parliament  has  in  three  colonies 
been  greeted  as  the  great  achievement  of  the  Act, 
and  in  the  fourth  has  been  condemned  as  a 
disastrous  error.  But,  notwithstanding  the  hot 
opposition  of  critics  in  Natal,  which  the  history 
and  ( ire u instances  of  that  colony  render  natural, 
there  is  little  doubt  that  opinion  in  South  Afri<  ;i 
is  overwhelmingly  in  favour  of  the  unitary  as 
opposed  to  the  federal  principle.  The  panegyrics 
which  American  writers  have  been  accustomed  to 
lavish  on  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  imitation  of  that  Constitution  by  Canada 
and  Australia,  probably  explain  the  widespread 
opinion  that  federalism  is  a  form  of  government  to 
be  sought  as  an  end  in  itself,  and  not  one  which 
should  be  accepted  only  when  nothing  better  can 
be  obtained.  But  federalism  is,  after  all,  a  pis 
otter,  a  concession  to  human  weakness.  Alexander 
Hamilton  saw  its  dangers  and  only  acquiesced 
because  by  no  other  means  was  union  possible. 
In  Canada  Sir  John  MacDonald  strongly  favoured 
a  legislative  union,  but  was  obliged  to  bow  to  the 
intense  provincialism  of  Quebec.  In  Australia  the 
narrow  patriotism  of  the  different  states  has  im- 
posed upon  the  Federal  Government  limitations 
which  are  generally  admitted  to  be  checking  that 
country's  advance.  Federalism  must  be  accepted 
where  nothing  better  can  be  got,  but  its  dis- 


IV 


I  MB  CONMIM    I  ION  47 


advantages  are  patent.  It  means  division  of 
power  and  consequent  irritation  and  weakness  in 
the  organs  of  government,  and  it  tends  to  stereo- 
type and  limit  tin*  development  of  a  new  country. 
South  African  statesmen  have  been  wise  to  take 
advantage  of  the  general  sentiment  in  fa  von 
;i  <  loser  form  <>f  union.  It  is  remarkable  that  South 
Africans  should  have  succeeded  where  almost  all 
othrr  unions  have  failed,  in  subordinating  local 
to  national  feeling,  and  that  the  people  of  each 
colony  should  have  been  ready  to  merge  the 
identity  of  their  state,  of  whose  history  and 
•lions  they  are  in  every  case  intensely  proud, 
in  a  wider  national  union,  which  is  still  but  a  name 
to  thrni  The  truth,  as  has  already  been  stated, 
is  that  bitter  experience  has  taught  them  the 
evils  of  disunion.  The  lesson  is  confirmed  for 
thnn  by  the  difficulties  in  which  Australian 
federalism  is  floundering.  They  u^ree  with  (ieneral 
Smuts  in  his  emphatic  expression  of  the  immense 
advantages  of  a  strong  government,  especially  in 
a  country  faced,  as  South  Africa  is,  with  problems 
\\hirh  may  well  appal  the  stoutest  and  most 
heart.  Thr  racial  question  between 
British  and  Dutch,  the  economic  and  social 
questions  of  capital  against  labour  and  town 
against  country,  administrative  questions  such  as 
the  elimination  of  animal  diseases  which  nature 
has  lavished  on  the  country  with  such  abundance, 
all  require  uniform  treatment  and  firm  handling. 
ill  these  are  of  minor  importance  when  com- 


48       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH, 

pared  with  the  black  shadow  of  the  native  problem. 
*  The  white  people  of  South  Africa,'  as  Lord 
Selborne  has  truly  said,  '  are  committed  to  such 
a  path  as  few  nations  have  trod  before  them, 
and  scarcely  one  trod  with  success.'  The  darkness 
which  surrounds  the  future  of  the  white  and  black 
races  is  impenetrable,  and  opinions  as  to  the  path 
which  leads  through  to  the  light  are  as  far  apart 
as  the  poles.  Men  agree  only  in  resolving  that 
a  great  effort  must  soon  be  made  to  reach  a  com- 
mon opinion,  so  that  the  united  strength  of  the 
whole  community,  centred  in  one  government,  may 
be  directed  towards  the  solution  of  this  great  pro- 
blem. Failing  this,  disaster  awaits  South  Africa. 

The  supreme  power  given  to  the  Parliament  of 
the  Union  has  been  criticized  in  some  quarters  as 
excessive  and  dangerous  to  liberty.  The  criticism 
is  not  well  founded.  There  is  no  more  curious 
phenomenon  in  modern  politics  than  the  distrust 
of  representative  government  which  some  forms 
of  democracy  have  engendered.  In  the  United 
States  this  feeling  has  gone  to  extreme  lengths, 
and  in  the  newest  constitutions  the  legislature  is 
hedged  about  by  innumerable  restrictions,  and 
in  some  cases  may  not  meet  oftener  than  once 
in  two  years — surely  a  strange  commentary  on 
the  power  of  public  opinion  to  control  the  people's 
representatives  under  a  form  of  government  where 
responsibility  is  not  centred  in  some  one  authority. 
The  unfortunate  experiences  of  the  American 
democracy  are  probably  due  to  the  fundamental 


ix  I  I  IE  CONSTITUTION 


error  of  all  American  coiiMitutiMii-  m  separating 
legislative  from  executive  p<>  Where,  a*  in 

tish  self-governing  countries,  there  is  no  such 
separation,  and  where  in  consequence  the  exe< 
tive  and  legislative  authorities,  the  cabinets  and 
parliaments,  react  upon  and  mutually  control 
each  ..ih.  -I,  both  being  subject  in  the  Im.jj  run  to 
public  opinion,  no  harm  has  come  from  trusting 
t  lie  legislature  completely.  In  countries  where  the 
people  are  more  accustomed  to  revolutions  than 
to  constitutional  government,  to  grant  complete 
freedom  to  the  legislative  body  might  be  really 
dangerous.  But  both  British  and  Dutch  in  South 

rica  are  essentially  law-abiding.     What  reas< 
indeed,  is  there  to  suppose  that  the  Parliament  of 
the   TH  ion  will  be  more  revolutionary  than  the 
parliaments  of  the  colonies  T    According  to  the 
well-established  practice  of  the    British  Constitu- 
tion. these  latter  have  always  possessed  full  power 
to  amend  their  own  constitutions.     That  power 
they  have  never  abused.     They  have  now  agreed 
to  transfer  it   in  its  fullness  and  entirety  to  the 
Government  of  the  Union.     It  is  to  be  expected 
that   tii<-  moral  sanctions  which  were  sufficient  in 
the  past  will  be  sufficient  in  the  future.     Custom 
is  at  least  as  strong  as  law,  and  while  the  Const 
tut  ion  will  certainly   be  amended,  since  it  must 
harmonize  with  the  rapid  growth  and  changing 
(.  ire  u  instances  of  a  young  nation,  every  parliament 
will  be  in  honour  bound  not  to  violate  its  spirit 
for  any  selfish  ends. 


50      THE  UNION  OP  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

But  although  ultimate  authority  is  thus  con- 
centrated,   instead    of    being   distributed    as    in 
a  federal  system,  the  framers  of  the  Constitution 
recognized  the  dangers  of  too  great  centralization. 
Indeed,  the  area  to  be  governed  is  so  large  that 
the  grant  of  some  fairly  wide  powers  of  local 
government  was  essential.    The  problem  was  com- 
plicated first  by  the  determination  to  abolish  the 
existing  colonial  constitutions,  a  step  which  could 
not  be  avoided,  and  secondly  by  the  absence  in 
South  Africa,  except  in  the  Cape  Colony,  of  any 
indigenous  system  of  local  government.     It  was 
necessary,  therefore,  to  create  afresh  within  the 
provinces  some  new  framework  of  government. 
The   provincial   constitutions   thus    framed    give 
rise  to  several   interesting   questions  which   will 
be  touched  upon  later.     For  immediate  purposes 
reference    need    only    be    made    to    the    matters 
upon  which  legislative  power  is  delegated  to  the 
Provincial  Councils.     The  list  is  to  a  large  degree 
copied  from   the   Canadian   Constitution,  but  it 
covers    less    ground.     The    provinces    may    raise 
local  taxation,  provided  it  is  direct,  may  borrow 
money  with  the  consent  of  the  Union  Govern- 
ment, may  legislate  upon  all  such  local  matters  as 
municipalities,  hospitals,  and  local  undertakings, 
and  upon  all  other   matters  which  the  Central 
Government  may  consider  to  be  of  a  local  or 
private  nature,  or  which  Parliament  may  delegate 
to  them.     They  have  also  legislative,  and  conse- 
quently   administrative,    power    over    education, 


IN  I  HE  CONSTITUTION  51 

exclusive  of  higher  education,  for  five  yean 
after  union,  and  thereafter  until  Parliament 
decides  otherwise,  and  over  agriculture  *  to  the 
extent  and  subject  to  tin-  condition^  to  b«-  drtinrd 
by  Parliament  '.  There  are  evident  signs  of 

promise  in  these  arrangements.  It  is  in- 
consistent, for  instance,  with  the  whole  spirit 
of  the  Act  that  so  important  a  subject  as  educa- 
tion, doubly  important  in  a  country  where  the 
language  question  raises  such  fierce  controversies, 
should  be  left  to  the  tender  mercies  of  bodies 
\\hich  are  generally  expected  to  be  the  haven  of 
mediocrity.  It  was  earnestly  to  be  hoped  for  the 
sake  of  future  peace  that  the  education  question 
would  have  been  treated  upon  broad  and  uniform 
lines.  But  this  cannot  now  be  expected.  If  the 
past  may  point  a  way  to  the  future,  the  question 
will,  at  any  rate  in  the  Orange  Free  State,  be 

Hod  in  a  spirit  which  will  supply  fuel  to  the  fires 

icialism.  This  concession  to  provincial  feeling 
is  limited,  it  is  true,  to  five  years,  but  those  who 
obtained  it  must  obviously  hope  that,  once  the 
provinces  have  enjoyed  it,  they  will  not  lightly 
give  it  up.  The  future  will  show  whether  they  are 
right.  Meanwhile  the  provision  is  certainly  one 

he  least  satisfactory  in  the  Constitution. 
As  to  agriculture  the  terms  of  the  Act  are  more 
ambiguous.  Parliament  may  interpret  it  literally 
and  keep  much  of  the  control  in  its  own  hands. 
Indeed,  when  the  matters  dealt  with  by  the 
different  agricultural  departments  are  examined, 

i>  -2 


52       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

the  importance  of  some  central  control  in  almost 
all  cases  becomes  manifest.  In  the  case  of  cattle 
disease,  the  greatest  scourge  of  the  country,  and 
of  locusts  such  control  is  indispensable.  The 
negligence  of  one  provincial  government  might 
otherwise  render  abortive  the  vigilance  of  the 
others.  It  is  useless  to  destroy  every  swarm  of 
locusts  in  the  Transvaal  if  they  are  allowed  to 
breed  with  impunity  in  the  Cape  Colony.  More- 
over, in  questions  of  research  and  scientific  work, 
which  occupies  so  large  a  sphere  in  a  modern 
agricultural  department,  it  seems  a  useless  waste 
to  multiply  laboratories  throughout  the  country. 
It  may,  therefore,  be  anticipated  that  Parliament 
will  show  itself  loth  to  part  with  any  powers  which 
it  can  with  reason  retain. 

Compromise  again  is  written  large  over  the  pro- 
vision— surely  a  strange  one — that  the  provinces 
may  legislate  upon  '  all  matters  which  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Governor-General-in-Council  are  of  a  merely 
local  or  private  nature  in  the  province'.  There  is 
probably  no  other  instance  in  a  British  Constitution 
of  a  provision  by  means  of  which  the  legislative 
power  of  Parliament  may  be  indefinitely  dimi- 
nished without  any  reference  to  Parliament  itself. 
The  Governor-General-in-Council  may  change  his 
opinion  from  day  to  day  ;  certainly  from  year  to 
year.  May  he,  therefore,  withdraw  a  power  he 
has  once  granted  ?  Apparently  he  may  treat  any 
question,  even  the  native  question,  as  private  and 
local,  and  no  one  may  gainsay  him.  The  provision 


iv  THE  CONSTITUTION  :,:i 

IB  a  blot  upon  the  Constitution.  While,  however, 
it  may  make  con  ual  lawyers  shudder,  it* 

practical  effect  will  probably  be  small.  No  govern- 
ment in  likely  to  fly  in  the  face  of  Parliament,  and 
no  Parliament  ^  likely  to  acquiesce  in  a  diminution 
of  its  authority.  Moreover,  if  governments  are 
found  to  abuh»  discretionary  power,  Parlia- 

innit  can  as  a  last  resort  amend  the  provision. 

<>  brief  survey  given  of  the  division  of  power 
between  the  Union  and  Provincial  Governments  is 
snHieient  to  show  the  immensely  preponderating 
authority  of  the  former.  With  the  exception  of 
education  and  agriculture,  the  Provincial  Govern- 
ments are  restricted  to  purely  local  affairs,  and 
their  power  even  here  is  not  exclusive.  Indeed, 
r  nliament  may,  \\ith  the  consent  of  the  Imperial 
Government,  entirely  abolish  the  Provinces.  South 
African  statesmen  have  thus  proceeded  on  an 
entirely  different  plan  from  that  followed  either 
in  America  or  Australia  or  Canada.  In  the  two 
former  countries  the  federal  constitution  was 
super i in | >osrd  on  the  existing  state  constitutions, 
the  latter  remaining  in  force  except  where  they 
were  inconsistent  with  the  federal  constitution; 
only  rcrtain  matters  of  national  importance  were 
transferred  to  the  central  government,  the  residual 
power  remaining  with  the  states.  In  Canada,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  separation  of  Quebec  from 
Ontario  made  it  necessary  to  frame  a  new  constitu- 
tion  for  each  of  these  provinces,  but  the  remaining 
ial  constitutions  were  left  in  force  except 


r>4       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

in  so  far  as  they  were  repealed  by  the  Constitution. 
An  exhaustive  division  of  power  between  the  Cen- 
tral and  Provincial  Governments  was  attempted, 
the  powers  given  to  the  latter  being  large  and  in  their 
nature  exclusive.  In  South  Africa  a  bolder  course 
has  been  pursued.  Existing  colonial  constitutions 
are  swept  away,  and  the  Act  sets  up  a  new  frame- 
work of  government,  not  only  for  the  Union  but  for 
the  provinces  as  well.  Moreover,  the  Union  takes 
over  at  once  every  important  function  of  govern- 
ment, and  there  is  none  which  legally  it  may 
not  assume.  On  the  appointed  day  all  existing 
governments  will  disappear,  to  be  replaced  at  first 
by  a  national  government  alone.  A  few  months 
later  the  Provincial  Governments  will  be  formed. 
It  is  easy  to  realize,  therefore,  the  immense  responsi- 
bilities which  will  devolve  upon  the  Union  Govern- 
ment, and  the  boldness  of  an  experiment  which 
proposes  wholly  to  demolish  the  existing  framework 
of  government  over  so  vast  an  area.  It  is  now 
necessary  to  see  what  are  the  organs  of  government 
which  are  to  take  its  place. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  EXECUTIVE 

I  i  is  characteristic  of  South  Afn<  i  that,  con- 
trary to  Australian  example,  the  portion  of  the 
Act  dealing  with  the  Executive  should  precede 
that  uhirh  deals  with  Parliament.  The  power  of 
Parliament  over  the  Executive  is  probably  not  so 
great  in  practice  in  South  Africa  as  in  other  parts 
of  the  British  Kmpire.  The  causes  are  various. 
In  the  first  place,  except  in  the  Cape  Colony,  there 
is  no  parliamentary  tradition.  It  may  be  difficult 
now  to  foster.  For  even  in  Great  Britain  the 
decay  of  Parliament  is  noticeable,  and  everywhere 
ents  seem  to  be  failing  to  cope  efficiently 
\sitli  the  burdens  imposed  on  them  by  the  growth 
of  state  socialism,  and  the  complexity  of  modern 

Perhaps,  however,  the  chief  reason  is  the  ten- 
dency of  the  Dutch  to  give  their  confidence  to  the 
government  of  the  day.  There  is  a  strong  feeling 
among  them  that  it  is  disloyal  to  criticize  the 
Government.  They  have  not  arrived  at  the  stage 
of  believing  that  it  is  the  business  of  an  opposition 
to  oppose.  K  at  In T  they  look  upon  any  such  action 
as  unpatriotic.  K\m  immediately  after  the  war 
many  of  them  refrained,  owing  to  this  sentiment, 
11  opposing  the  Crown  Colony  Government. 


.->«       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

They  argued,  like  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  that 
His  Majesty's  Government  must  be  carried  on. 

A  further  consequence  of  this  tendency  is  that  if 
a  leader  has  once  proved  himself  he  may  reckon 
with  confidence  on  the  implicit  trust  of  his  fol- 
lowers. All  this  tends  to  place  great  power  in  the 
hands  of  the  government  of  the  day,  certainly  if 
it  be  a  Dutch  government.  A  good  example  of 
this  is  to  be  found  in  the  very  success  of  union. 
The  entire  lack  of  opposition  to  union  among  the 
Boers  in  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  River  Colony 
is  quite  as  much  due  to  their  faith  in  their  leaders 
as  to  their  liking  for  so  revolutionary  a  change. 

The  provisions  relating  to  the  Executive  require 
little  comment.  They  do  not  depart  from  British 
precedent.  There  are  to  be  not  more  than  ten  Minis- 
ters of  State  administering  Departments  of  State, 
all  of  whom  must  be  members  of  Parliament;  but 
as  these  clauses  have  been  interpreted  in  Australia, 
there  seems  nothing  to  prevent  Ministers  without 
portfolio  being  added  to  the  Ministers  of  State  to 
form  the  Cabinet.  The  Government  is  clothed 
with  all  the  powers  and  authorities  formerly  vested 
in  the  governments  of  the  Colonies,  except  such 
as  are  in  the  Act  vested  in  some  other  authority, 
such  as  the  administrator  of  a  province.  The  exe- 
cutive will  be  installed  in  office  before  the  election 
of  Parliament. 

In  this  chapter  of  the  Act,  also,  Pretoria  is  fixed 
as  the  seat  of  government.  This  shows  that  its 
framers  intended  that  '  Government '  should  here 


v  THI-:  I-:\K'  i  1 1\  i.  57 

denote   merely   Executive  Government,  and   not 
Legislative  Government  also,  Gape  Town  ha 
been  fixed  aa  the  aeat  of 

The  choice  of  a  capital  was  bound  to  be  a  matter 
xtreme  difficulty.  There  IB  nothing  elae  win*  h 
brings  home  BO  directly  to  the  popular  imagination 
thr  sacrifices  which  union  entails.  Where  the 
results  of  a  great  political  change  are  incalculable, 
men  may  believe  that  they  will  be  great,  and 
-nil  be  ready  to  trust  the  future.  But  here  is  a 
sacrifice  of  which  there  can  be  no  doubt.  The 
losses  which  may  follow  to  individuals  may  be 
exaggerated,  but  tin-  tran^tnvnee  of  the  auth< 
of  government  to  a  centre,  perhaps  hundreds  of 
miles  away,  and  the  exaltation  of  a  rival  city  are 
mat  ters  which  come  home  to  every  citizen.  Luckily, 
in  South  Africa  there  was  no  difficulty  so  great  as 
the  irreconcilable  rivalry  of  the  great  Australian 
<  •  1 1 1  cs  of  Melbourne  and  Sydney.  None  the  less,  the 
obstacles  to  any  settlement  were  formidable.  Cape 
Town  had  always  held  that  it  possessed  the 
prescriptive  right  to  be  the  capital  of  a  united 
South  Africa,  and  until  a  few  yean  ago  it  would 
have  had  the  support  of  the  mass  of  South  African 
opinion.  Indeed,  until  the  meeting  of  the  Con- 
"ii  the  people  of  Cape  Town  had  hardly  con- 
ceived it  possible  that  the  capital  should  be 
elsewhere.  (\ij)e  Town  is  the  most  ancient  eity  of 
South  Africa.  It  is  the  place  at  which  its  history 
begins.  In  1508,  Almeida,  the  Portuguese  navi- 
gator, landed  on  the  shores  of  Table  Bay,  only  to 


r>8       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     m. 

meet  his  death  at  the  hands  of  t  hr  Hottentots  ; 
in  1652,  Van  Riebook  founded  the  first  Dutch 
settlement,  and  established  a  port  of  call  for  ships 
bound  for  the  east. 

The  struggles  of  the  small  community  against 
man  and  beast  are  a  fitting  prelude  to  South 
Africa's  strenuous  history.  The  Hottentots  were 
a  dangerous  enemy,  and  the  old  block-house, 
\\liirh  was  used  to  watch  for  their  coming,  still 
stands  high  on  the  slopes  of  Table  Mountain. 
Wild  beasts  were  numerous,  and  it  is  recorded  that 
a  man  was  actually  carried  off  by  a  lion  from  the 
Castle.  It  was  from  Cape  Town  that  the  Dutch 
farmers  ventured  forth  into  the  wilderness  and 
began  those  wanderings  which  form  the  romance 
of  their  nation.  Nor  is  its  history  its  only  claim. 
For  the  Cape  peninsula  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
spots  on  earth,  and  its  inhabitants  may  be  excused 
for  believing  that  no  one  who  had  come  under 
the  influence  of  its  charm  could  wholly  ignore  its 
claims  to  be  the  capital.  The  great  uplands  and 
vast  plains  of  the  high  veld  have  a  fascination  of 
their  own,  from  which  few  escape.  But  to  those 
who  have  been  nurtured  on  England's  sea-breezes 
there  comes  at  times  a  longing  for  the  sight  and 
sounds  of  the  sea.  To  one  who  has  dwelt  long 
in  the  dry  and  parched  interior  there  can  be  few 
pleasures  more  intense  than  to  stand  on  the 
glittering  sands  of  Muizenburg,  and  to  breathe 
the  moist  and  refreshing  wind  blowing  over  the 
waters  of  False  Bay  straight  from  the  South  Pole. 


v  mi:  i:\ECUTIVE  .v.i 

As  be  gaze*  over  the  blue  sea  there  rise  before  him 
on  one  side  the  majestic  mountains  of  Hottentot's 
Holland,  while  on  the  other  he  sees  the  soft  out- 
Inn  of  the  high  hill*  above  Simonstown,  stretch- 
ing doun  to  the  bay,  until  they  end  m  the  «  htl- 
»t  t  he  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  H^hW  him  is  spread 
the  beautiful  panorama  of  the  peninsula  itself, 
\\  nli  its  mountains  and  pleasant  streams,  its  vine- 
yards and  forests,  its  splendid  Dutch  farmhouses 
great  avenues  of  oaks  and  firs,  built  and 
planted  by  the  Dutch  governors  of  old.  Over  all 
towers  Table  Mountain.  For  beauty  and  amenity 
of  life  the  Cape  peninsula  is  without  a  rival  in 
South  A 

Pretoria,  the  other  chief  claimant  for  the 
honour,  has  neither  Cape  Town's  history  nor  its 
beauty.  It  is  a  pretty  town  nestling  in  the  bosom 
of  Magaliesberg,  well  wooded  and  well  watered. 
But  its  streets  are  mean,  and  it  is  yet  hardly  more 
than  an  overgrown  dorp.  The  inhabitants  of  Cape 
Town  are  thought  by  the  population  of  the  inland 
to  be  out  of  sympathy  with  the  veld,  but  it  is  no 
less  true  that  the  people  of  Pretoria  are  apt  to  be 
parochial  and  selfish  in  their  views.  They  find  it 
ditlicult  to  look  beyond  the  hills  which  surround 
them.  In  this  respect  they  suffer  by  contrast 
with  the  population  of  Johannesburg.  But  Pre- 
toria has  this  great  advantage,  that  it  is  central  in 
position,  while  Cape  Town  is  at  the  extreme  end 
he  continent.  It  is  what  Cape  Town  is  not, 
a  part  of  the  true  South  Africa.  The  Cape 


60       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

peninsula  is  a  land  of  vineyards  and  streams,  not 
of  karroo,  and  kopje,  and  veld.  Its  climate  even 
is  quite  different.  South  Africa  is  a  land  of  summer 
rains  and  winter  drought,  but  at  Cape  Town  it  is 
the  winter  that  is  the  rainy  season.  Pretoria,  too, 
is  in  close  proximity  to  the  great  industrial  centre 
of  the  country,  and  likely  to  be  some  day  the  seat 
of  industry  itself,  for  it  is  surrounded  by  vast 
deposits  of  coal  and  iron  ore.  But,  while  its  near- 
ness to  the  Rand  is  truly  an  advantage,  the 
domination  of  Johannesburg  is  so  much  of  a  bogie 
to  the  rest  of  South  Africa  that  this  very  fact  was 
the  chief  obstacle  to  its  success. 

Johannesburg  itself,  though  it  possessed  many 
advantages,  was  out  of  the  running.  There  is 
a  general  fear  throughout  South  Africa  of  the 
influence  of  the  mining  industry.  This  sentiment 
is  largely  the  outcome  of  ignorance  and  prejudice, 
but  whether  ill  or  well-founded  it  was  strong 
enough  to  make  any  idea  of  Johannesburg  as  the 
capital  out  of  the  question. 

The  only  other  possible  rival  among  existing 
towns  was  Bloemfontein.  It  is  central  in  position, 
but  has  nothing  else  to  commend  it.  It  is  the 
most  unattractive  of  South  African  capitals.  If 
there  was  a  danger  of  its  being  chosen,  it  was  solely 
due  to  the  difficulty  of  reconciling  the  conflicting 
claims  of  Cape  Town  and  Pretoria. 

The  Convention  might  have  determined  to  ignore 
all  existing  capitals  and  choose  a  new  site  on  the 
Vaal  River,  or  in  some  other  favourable  position. 


\  THE  EXECUTIVE  til 

But  even  bad  such  a  ooune  bean  acceptable  to 
the  public,  the  expense  of  creating  a  new  capital 
and  the  difficulties  of  con<lu<  tmg  the  government 
in  the  meantime  were  strong  arguments  again*'  u. 
The  ditlii -ulties  in  the  way  of  a  settlement  were 
therefore  great  it  her  Cape  Town  or  Pretoria 

gained  the  prize  at  the  expense  of  the  <>therf  or  if 
neither  gained  it  at  all.  it  was  equally  likely  that 
ii i not i  would  be  wrecked.  When  it  became  known 

that  a  deadlock  had  hern  readied,  thr  nru>- 
papers  advocated  the  Australian  plan  of  leaving 
the  matter  to  the  decision  of  the  future  Parlia- 
ment. But  to  this  course  many  delegates  had 
rightly  the  strongest  objection.  It  possessed 
every  disadvantage,  and  Australia  was  a  warning 
of  the  probable  consequences.  Compromise  was 
necessary,  and  in  the  art  of  compromise  Afrikanders 
are  past-masters.  The  spoil  was  divided.  Pre- 
toria cried  out  that  it  was  betrayed,  but  its 
lamentations  were  unheeded,  since  most  reasonable 
men  thought  it  had  got  as  much  as  it  deserved. 

This  curious  arrangement  by  which  the  execu- 
tive government  has  its  seat  in  Pretoria,  while 
Parliament  sits  a  thousand  miles  away  at  Cape 
Town,  has  its  advantages  and  disadvantages.  It 
must  add  to  the  expense  of  conducting  the  govern- 
ment, and  it  must  tend  to  make  efficiency  more 
ditlicult.  At  t he  same  time,  in  so  large  and  varied 
a  country  as  South  Africa,  there  is  something  to 
be  said  in  favour  of  bringing  the  government  and 
the  members  of  Parliament  into  contact  with  two 


62       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

great  centres,  Pretoria  and  Cape  Town,  the  one 
typifying  the  continental  nature  of  the  Union,  the 
other  its  ultimate  dependence  on  sea-power,  a  fact 
which  it  is  all-important  to  bring  home  to  South 
African  legislators.  And,  while  it  is  essential  that 
the  government  should  be  in  touch  with  the  great 
inland  districts,  it  may  be  fortunate  that  Parlia- 
ment will  meet  in  a  city  where  political  traditions 
are  more  settled  and  perhaps  sounder  than  in  the 
youthful  north.  Lord  Curzon  has  pointed  to  the 
example  of  Simla  and  Calcutta  as  a  proof  that  the 
compromise  is  quite  workable.  While  one  may  be 
inclined  to  doubt  the  aptness  of  a  parallel  drawn 
from  such  widely  differing  conditions,  there  need 
be  no  insuperable  difficulty  in  carrying  on  the 
government  efficiently.  It  is  merely  a  question  of 
organization.  The  compromise  may  last  for  years, 
and  in  any  case  it  is  useless  to  attempt  to  probe  the 
future.  All  that  may  be  said  with  safety  is  that, 
whatever  direction  South  Africa's  development 
may  take,  Cape  Town  will  never  be  its  centre  of 
gravity. 


CHAPTER  VI 

i  HE  LEGISLATURE 

THE  Legislature  is  to  consist  as  usual  of  two 
Houses — a  Senate  and  a  House  of  Assembly. 
But  although  to  this  extent  the  Act  follows  prece- 
dent— not,  we  have  been  told  by  some  delegates, 
\Mthout  opposition — it  has  several  novel  features. 
In  the  first  place  the  constitution  of  the  two 
Houses  of  Parliament  is  for  the  first  few  yean 
of  their  existence  even  more  federal  in  character 
than  that  of  the  corresponding  Houses  in  federally 
governed  countries.  In  the  latter  it  is  the  rule  that 
\vhile  the  Upper  House  represents  the  principle 
of  state  rights,  the  Lower  is  elected  by  the  whole 
population  without  respect  to  state  boundaries. 
In  South  Africa  both  Houses  of  Parliament  will  for 
the  first  period  of  their  existence  be  constituted 
on  what  may  be  termed  a  provincial  basis.  I* 
was  found  necessary  to  make  large  concessions 
to  provincial  feeling  in  order  to  secure  the  accept- 
ance of  a  constitution  unitary  in  its  nature  al- 
though apparently  federal  in  some  of  its  aspects. 

The  constitution  of  the  Senate  is  somewhat 
complex.  It  is  to  consist  of  eight  members 
linated  by  the  Governor-General-in-Council, 
four  of  whom  must  be  well  versed  in  native 
affairs,  and,  in  addition  to  these,  of  eight  elected 
for  each  province.  Thus,  except  in  the  case 
i'i  tiu  nominated  members,  the  principle  of  equal 


04       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

representation  among  the  provinces,  common  to 
strictly  federal  constitutions,   is  followed.     This 
principle  is  secured  for  ten  years ;    thereafter  it 
is  retained  only  until  Parliament  decides  to  make 
other   arrangements.     The    nominated    members 
will,  it  is  hoped,  add  to  the  strength  of  the  Senate, 
by  including  men  prominent  in  the  life  of  the 
nation  who  would  otherwise  be  lost  to  politics. 
The  elected  members  of  the  first  Senate  are  chosen 
in    a    novel    manner.     The    two    Houses    of   the 
present  colonial  Legislatures,  which  will  disappear 
with  union,  are  before  that  date  to  meet  together 
and  elect  the   eight   senators  for  their  province. 
These  senators  hold  their  seats  for  ten  years,  and 
vacancies  among  them  are  filled  by  election  by  the 
Provincial  Councils.     If  at  the  end  of  ten  years 
no  other  provision  has  been  made  by  Parliament, 
the  elected  senators  will  be  chosen  jointly  by  the 
members  of  the  Provincial  Council  and  the  mem- 
bers of  the  House  of  Assembly  representing  the 
province  concerned,  and  any  vacancy  will  be  filled 
in  a  similar  manner.     It  will  be  seen,  therefore, 
that  there  are  actually  four  methods  of  choosing 
senators — nomination    by  the   Governor-General- 
in-Council,   election    by   the    present   Houses   of 
Parliament,  election  by  the  Provincial  Councils, 
and  election  jointly  by  the  Provincial  Councils  and 
certain  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly.     All 
this    complexity    does    not    appear    to    be    very 
satisfactory.     The  election  of  senators  is  to  be 
by  means  of  proportional  representation,  and  it 


vi  THE  LEGISLATURE  »,;, 

is  probable,  therefore,  that  the  complexion  of  the 
existing  Parliaments  will  be  reflected  in  the  first 
Senate.  I  n  other  words,  the  existing  majorities  will 
perpetuate  themselves  in  it  for  a  period  of  ten  years, 
sinoe  during  that  period  the  Senate  cannot  be  dis- 
solved. Thus  the  method  of  constituting  the  first 
Senate  appears  to  be  favourable  to  the  parties  now  in 
power  and  correspondingly  unfair  to  the  minorities. 

The  delegates  who  were  sent  to  England  from 
the  different  colonies  were  entrusted  with  the 
task  of  framing  regulations  for  the  election  of 
senators  by  proportional  representation.  The  rules 
\\lm-h  they  drew  up  have  now  been  published  in 
South  Africa.  They  are  an  adaptation  of  the 
system  of  the  single  transferable  vote,  which  is 
advocated  by  the  English  Proportional  Repre- 
sentation Society.  The  delegates  had  before  them 
the  Act  in  force  in  Tasmania,  and  also  the  .Muni- 
1  Representation  Bill  introduced  by  Lord 
Courtney  into  the  House  of  Lords  in  1907  and 
passed.  The  regulations  for  the  election  of  senators 
are  to  a  large  extent  founded  on  the  rules  contained 
in  those  Acts,  but  it  was  found  necessary  to  modify 
them  in  some  important  respects.  It  is  not  so  simple 
to  apply  the  system  of  the  single  transferable  vote 
to  quite  a  small  election,  where  the  electors  number 
leas  than  one  hundred,  as  it  is  to  a  large  election. 
The  modifications  are  therefore  in  the  direction  of 
securing  absolute  accuracy  in  the  result. 

Critics  of  proportional  representation  will  no 
doubt  complain  of  the  complication  of  the  rules. 


66       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

For  the  voter,  however,  the  system  is  simplicity 
itself.  The  Returning  Officer  must,  it  is  true, 
make  himself  acquainted  with  the  rules  for  count- 
ing and  transferring  the  votes,  but  if  he  is  a  man 
of  ordinary  intelligence  he  should  have  no  diffi- 
culty. It  is  fair  also  to  remind  critics  that  it  is 
only  by  means  of  proportional  representation  that 
the  Senate  has  been  able  to  be  constituted  as  it  is. 
There  is  no  other  known  way  by  which  senators 
can  be  elected,  and  yet  each  party  be  represented 
according  to  its  strength.  The  abandonment  of 
proportional  representation  would,  in  fact,  have 
meant  that  the  whole  constitution  of  the  Senate 
must  be  entirely  recast. 

Nothing  seems  more  difficult  in  constitution- 
making  than  the  composition  of  an  Upper  House. 
The  Convention  might  have  followed  Canada  and 
adopted  nomination  pure  and  simple,  or  Australia 
and  caused  the  Senate  to  be  elected  directly  by 
the  people.  There  were  arguments  against  both 
courses.  Nomination  has  been  shown  in  Canada 
to  possess  many  objectionable  features.  It  gives 
too  much  power  to  the  Government  of  the  day, 
and  the  patronage  which  it  places  in  its  hands 
may  be  used  in  a  form  in  which  it  is  hardly  to 
be  distinguished  from  bribery.  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier 
has  himself  dwelt  on  the  evils  of  nomination  and 
advocates  rather  the  plan  adopted  in  the  United 
States  of  election  by  the  State  legislatures. 

The  objection  to  direct  election  by  the  people  was 
that  the  Senate  might  then  become  a  dangerous 


vi  I  Ml     LEGISLATURE  «;T 

rival   to  the   Lower   Home.     If  Senators 

elected    in    the    saim-   di.strirts    and    l,\    th«- 
electors,   might  they  not  claim  to  be  as 

'•  of  the  people  aa  members  of  the  Lower 
House  ?  The  Australian  constitution  attempt*  to 
impart  a  different  complexion  to  the  Upper  House 
by  making  each  state  a  single  electoral  area  for  the 
election  of  Senators.  Hut  as  Senators  an-  ••Irrtrd 
by  '  general  ticket ',  a  system  which  gives  each 
voter  as  many  vote*  as  there  are  seats  to  be  filled, 
the  result  is  that  the  party  in  the  majority  in  any 
state  can  sweep  the  board.  In  most  states  tin- 
Labour  party  has  been  in  the  past  better  organized 
than  its  1 1\  iU,  and  the  Senate  in  consequence  has 
been  said  to  be  more  like  a  National  Labour 
Convention  than  an  Upper  House.  The  Chamber, 
\\hirh  is  usually  supposed  to  act  as  a  drag  on 
revolutionary  legislation  has  largely  occupied  itself 
in  passing  academic  resolutions  in  favour  of  the 
lization  of  all  means  employed  in  the  pro- 
duction and  distribution  of  wealth  and  other 
projects  of  a  socialistic  character. 

The  South  African  constitution  entirely  eschews 
lection  for  the  Senate.  It  is  rather  a  com- 
pound of  the  principles  of  the  Canadian  and 
American  constitutions.  Its  provisions  in  this 
respect  might  have  been  simpler  without  losing 
any  of  their  virtues,  but  it  is  quite  possible  that 
in  practice  they  may  be  satisfactory. 

1 t  has  been  shown  that  equality  of  representation 
in  the  Senate  among  the  provinces  is  safeguarded 

12 


<>S       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

in  the  Constitution  only  for  ten  years.  Those  who 
insisted  on  this  limitation  doubtless  hoped  that 
provincial  feeling  would  have  so  far  given  way  to 
national  feeling  that  it  might  be  possible  at  the 
end  of  that  time  to  make  a  nearer  approach  to 
the  unitary  principle.  But  prophecy  on  such 
a  matter  is  dangerous.  Threatened  institutions 
live  long,  and  the  Senate  has  first  to  be  got  to 
agree  to  its  own  reconstruction. 

In  the  composition  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
the  same  principle  of  provincial  representation  is 
observed.  The  members  are  not  distributed  on 
a  uniform  basis  throughout  the  Union,  but  a  certain 
arbitrary  number  is  allotted  to  each  province. 
The  ultimate  basis  on  which  the  allocation  rests 
is  the  number  of  the  European  male  adults  in 
each  province.  But  the  Cape  and  Transvaal  have 
both  taken  a  smaller  representation  than  they  are 
strictly  entitled  to,  in  order  to  allow  a  larger 
representation  to  the  two  smaller  provinces  of 
Natal  and  the  Orange  Free  State.  No  province 
can  have  its  representation  reduced  until  the 
number  of  members  of  the  House  reaches  150  or 
until  the  expiration  of  ten  years  after  the  estab- 
lishment of  union,  whichever  is  the  longer.  In 
this  way  the  separate  identity  of  the  provinces  is 
recognized,  the  vote  of  a  Natal  citizen,  for  instance, 
simply  by  virtue  of  his  residence  in  Natal,  being 
of  much  more  value  than  the  vote  of  a  citizen  of 
the  Cape  Colony  or  the  Transvaal.  Complicated 
and  ingenious  provisions  determine  the  increased 


n  THE  LEGISLATURE 

representation  to  be  allotted  to  any  province  in 

the  caae  of  an  increase  in  its  white  population. 

The  process  goes  on  until  the  number  of  member* 

ie  House  reaches  150.   The  number  of  members 

is  then  to  remain  at  150,  and  they  are  to  be  distri- 

1  without  reference  to  provincial  boundaries, 

so   that    throughout   the    Union    the    proportion 

j>eaii  male  adults  to  each  member  may  be 

as  far  as  possible  the  same  in  each   province. 

Thus  it  is  contemplated,  a*  in   the  case  of  th«- 

Senate,  that  after  a  short  and  limited  period  of  time 

the  constitution  of  the  Assembly  will  be  framed 

on  a  national  instead  of  a  provincial  basis. 

Although  an  arbitrary  number  is  adopted  for 
the  representation  of  each  province  as  such,  the 
(listril)ution  within  the  provinces  of  members  so 
allotted  follows  a  definite  principle.  Members 
will  be  distributed  m  electoral  divisions  based  on 
the  number  of  registered  voters  in  each,  and  each 
1><  r  will,  so  far  as  possible,  represent  an  equal 
number  of  votes.  Each  electoral  division  is  to 
return  one  member.  Constituencies  are  to  be 
delimited  by  a  commission  of  judges  and  the  com- 
mission may  depart  from  th«»  strict  quota  to  the 
extent  of  15  per  cent.,  either  above  or  below,  if  they 
think  it  necessary  owing  to  the  sparsity  or  density 
of  the  population,  or  for  other  reasons,  An  auto- 
matic redivision  of  the  constituencies  by  a  com- 
mission of  three  judges  is  to  take  place  after  every 
quinquennial  census. 

By   these   provisions   the   question   of   'equal 


70       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

rights '  is  once  and  for  all  settled  in  the  Constitution 
in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  British  population. 
But,  as  the  world  knows,  it  was  on  this  rock  that 
the  ship  of  union  was  almost  wrecked.  In  the 
Cape  Colony  the  country  population  have  always 
had  a  decided  advantage  over  the  towns,  two 
voters  in  the  country  being  equal  in  voting  value  to 
three  in  the  towns.  The  Progressive  party  in  the 
Cape  have  always  talked  of  drastic  redistribution, 
but  every  one  knew  that  a  reform  so  sweeping 
as  that  now  embodied  in  the  Constitution  had  no 
chance  whatever  of  passing  the  Cape  Parliament 
as  a  local  measure.  Not  only  were  the  Bond 
strenuously  opposed  to  any  change  which  would 
weaken  their  party,  but  the  Progressive  farmers 
also  looked  askance  at  increasing  the  political 
power  of  the  towns.  Thus  the  knowledge  that  the 
Cape  delegates  had  been  induced  not  only  to 
agree  to  equality  of  representation  between  town 
and  country,  but  to  adopt  a  system  of  proportional 
representation  which  might  have  the  effect  of 
diminishing  the  overwhelming  power  of  the  Bond 
in  the  country  districts,  came  as  a  shock  to  the 
politicians  of  that  party.  To  the  rank  and  file 
of  the  Bond,  who  were  no  doubt  prepared  to  look 
at  the  matter  in  a  broader  light  than  the  party 
wire-pullers,  the  change  was  also  distasteful  for 
the  reason  that  proportional  representation  meant, 
especially  in  the  Cape  Colony,  very  large  electoral 
areas.  The  farmers  on  both  sides  were  naturally 
(1  of  increasing  the  cost  of  elections  and  the 


M  THE  LEGISLATURE  71 

ditli.  ultien  of  canvassing.  An  organized  ittaok 
was  accordingly  made  on  these  two  point*.  Lurid 

ures  were  placed  before  the  Bond  members 
Parliament  of  the  disastrous  effect  of  these 
provisions  on  the  party's  fortunes,  with  the  result 
that  when  the  Capo  Parliament  met  to  consider  the 
nstitution  the  I'M  me  Minister  and  the  other 
delegates  on  the  Government  side  were  compelled 
to  throw  over  the  compact  arrived  at  by  the 
Convention  and  to  vote  for  amendments  involving 
its  entire  abandonment.  Thus  a  most  critical 
>it  nation  was  created  It  was  impossible  that  the 
Transvaal  Progressives  should  give  way  upon 
tin-  prim iple  of  "equal  rights'.  They  had  with 
the  utmost  reluctance  consented  at  Cape  Town 
to  include  denseness  or  spaneness  of  population 
among  the  reasons  of  which  the  Commissioners 
might  take  account  in  differentiating  between 
area  and  area.  This  provision  already  meant  that 
a  thinly  populated  country  area  might  number 
30  per  cent,  less  voters  than  an  urban  area. 
Beyond  this  concession  they  could  not  go.  The 
fate  of  union  rested  in  the  hands  of  General  Botha 

his  colleagues,  since  the  Cape  delegates  could 
not  hope  to  carry  their  amendments  through 
against  the  Transvaal  Government.  That  Govern- 
ment remained  linn  to  their  honourable  compact 
with  the  Progressives,  and  a  compromise  was 
finally  reached  by  which  the  retention  of  the 
4  equal  rights '  clauses  as  they  stood  was  balanced 
against  the  abandonment  of  proportional  ropre- 


72       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

sentation  for  the  election  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
and  the  Provincial  Councils.  The  question,  there- 
fore, of  equal  voting  power  for  all  sections  of  the 
community,  which  led  to  the  war,  which  has  been 
for  years  a  subject  of  party  strife  in  the  Cape,  and 
which  after  the  war  formed  the  main  bone  of 
contention  between  the  opposing  parties  in  the 
Transvaal,  is  now  settled,  let  us  hope,  for  ever. 

Those  who  had  advocated  proportional  repre- 
sentation had  seen  in  it  a  valuable  means  of 
softening  racial  antagonisms.  It  is  unfortunate 
that  the  British  minority  scattered  throughout 
the  country  districts,  and  to  a  less  extent  the  Dutch 
minority  in  the  towns,  will  now  be  deprived  of  all 
hope  of  proper  representation.  As  before,  and 
particularly  in  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  Free 
State,  the  towns  will  return  British  members  and 
the  country  Dutch.  The  line  between  town  and 
country  is  in  itself  too  strongly  marked  ;  it  is 
intensified  by  race  prejudice.  Proportional  repre- 
sentation might  gradually  have  broken  down  these 
barriers  with  the  most  fortunate  results  to  the 
country.  To  those  who  held  this  view  the  com- 
promise was  most  distasteful.  It  was  accepted 
only  as  the  price  of  union.  The  Transvaal  Govern- 
ment have  since  vindicated  their  faith  in  pro- 
portional representation  by  applying  it  to  the 
election  of  the  town  councillors  of  Johannesburg 
and  Pretoria.  These  elections  take  place  almost 
immediately,  and  the  results  of  the  experiment 
will  be  watched  with  interest. 


vi  i  m:  LHBL.V] 

In  South  Africa*  aa  in  Canada,  one  important 
question  haa  been  left  to  the  future.  No  attempt 
has  been  made  to  establish  a  uniform  franchise 
throughout  the  Union.  It  m  a  task  of  the  most 
serious  cliiMViilt  \.  and  as  the  Convention's  object 
was  to  build  the  framework  of  a  national  govern* 
ment,  not  to  settle  all  the  problems  of  the  country, 
it  was  wise  in  deciding  to  let  alone  a  matter  any 
settlement  of  which  would  have  wrecked  the  whole 
scheme.  It  was  impossible  to  extend  the  coloured 

ohise  of  the  Cape  Colony  to  the  rest  of  the 
Union.  It  was  equally  impossible  to  extend  the 
manhood  -mirage  of  the  Transvaal  to  the  Cape 
Colony.  It  was  impossible  to  deprive  the  Cape 
coloured  voters  of  the  rights  which  they  now 
possess.  It  was  therefore  decided  to  maintain 
the  present  laws,  to  safeguard  by  special  means  t  h<> 
native  franchise  where  it  now  exists,  and  to  leave 
the  whole  question  to  be  dealt  with  by  the  Union 
Parliament.  The  violent  criticism  with  which  even 
this  compromise  has  been  received,  on  the  one  side 

he  coloured  voters  and  by  their  friends  in  the 
Cape  Colony,  and  on  the  other  by  the  extreme  op- 
ponents in  the  northern  colonies  of  the  grant  of  any 
franchise  rights  to  coloured  persons,  is  sufficient 
«  \  i.lence  that  South  Africa  is  not  yet  ripe  for  a 
settlement  of  this  difficult  question,  and  that  any 
attempt  to  settle  it  would  have  led  to  disaster, 
It  has  already  been  shown  that  the  South 

an  Constitution  avoids  one  difficulty  which 
may  yet  cause  trouble  in  Australia.     There  will 


74       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

be  no  doubt  which  is  the  predominant  House 
of  Parliament.  The  ordinary  British  system  of 
Cabinet  Government,  which  the  Constitution  pre- 
supposes, requires  for  its  proper  working  that  the 
Government  should  be  fully  responsible  to  one 
House  only.  An  adverse  vote  in  the  Senate 
should  no  more  than  an  adverse  vote  in  the 
House  of  Lords  involve  the  Government's  resigna- 
tion. The  secondary  election  of  the  senators  will 
prevent  them  from  laying  claim  to  represent  the 
people  with  the  same  directness  as  the  Assembly. 
If  any  deadlock  arises  between  the  two  Houses 
the  solution  is  provided  by  a  deadlock  clause 
generally  similar  to  the  Australian  clause.  If 
there  is  any  conflict  the  Governor  can  order 
a  joint  sitting  in  the  next  session  after  that  in 
which  the  trouble  arose,  and  the  majority  in  such 
a  sitting  determines  the  result.  There  is,  however, 
an  innovation  to  the  effect  that  in  the  case  of  a 
money  bill  the  senate  may,  to  use  a  local  expression, 
be  *  steam-rollered '  in  the  same  session  in  which  the 
quarrel  arises  and  not  in  the  ensuing  session  as  in 
Australia.  Thus  the  Assembly's  predominance 
over  the  Senate  will  be  undoubted.  The  Senate  will 
be  reduced  to  the  position  of  a  house  of  review, 
and  a  place  where  ministers  may  make  graceful 
concessions  which  they  have  refused  elsewhere. 


<  II  LPTBfi  \  M 

PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS 

THE  details  of  th<    1 

been  received  by  the  publi.  m  South  Africa  with 
indifference  ratlin  than  with  commendation  or 
criticism,  liidrrd,  this  part  of  the  Act  has  been 
treated  as  so  much  of  an  experiment  that  it  in 
generally  assumed  that  in  the  near  future  mu.-h 
of  it  will  require  to  be  altered,  and  that  therefore 
it  is  hardly  worth  while  wasting  time  and  trouble 
in  any  detailed  consideration  of  it.  But  this  is 
a  short-sighted  view.  Institutions  when  once 
they  have  been  brought  into  being  have  a  knack 
of  refusing  to  disappear.  Problems  will  un- 
doubtedly arise — some  of  them  will  be  referred 
to  later— but  there  is  no  valid  reason  for  supposing 
that  the  difficulties  in  the  scheme  formulated  by 
the  (  'oiivrntion  are  so  grave  as  to  make  it  un- 
\\  i  kable.  Indeed,  a  great  deal  of  care  and  trouble 
appears  to  have  been  spent  in  devising  these 
constitutions;  and  an  examination  of  them  is 
well  worth  the  while  of  the  political  student. 

Each  Provincial  Constitution  has  three  main 
organs.  There  is  an  administrator  appointed  and 
paid  by  the  Union  Government,  a  Provincial 
Council  elected  by  the  same  electors  as  the  House  of 
Assembly  and  consisting  of  the  same  number  of 
members  as  represent  the  province  in  the  .WemhU 


76       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

(no  Provincial  Council,  however,  having  less  than 
twenty-five  members)  and  an  executive  committee 
consisting  of  the  administrator  and  four  members 
elected  by  the  Provincial  Council.  The  members 
of  the  Executive  Committee  need  not  necessarily 
be  members  of  the  Provincial  Council.  The  ad- 
ministrator is  appointed  for  five  years.  Both  the 
Provincial  Council  and  the  executive  committee 
sit  for  three  years,  the  executive  committee 
remaining  in  office  until  a  fresh  committee  is 
elected  by  the  new  Provincial  Council.  The 
Provincial  Council  cannot  be  dissolved  nor  is  there 
any  authority  which  can  dismiss  the  executive 
committee.  The  executive  committee  is  to  be 
elected  by  proportional  voting  and  is  therefore 
certain  to  contain  in  almost  every  instance 
representatives  of  the  chief  opposing  parties. 

It  is  worth  while  to  consider  a  little  more  closely 
the  functions  of  these  three  organs  of  government. 
The  administrator's  functions  are  various.  In  the 
first  place  there  are  what  may  be  called  his  orna- 
mental functions.  He  is  stated  to  be  the  chief 
executive  officer  of  the  province.  He  will  no 
doubt  represent  the  province  on  all  ceremonial 
occasions.  He  has  in  addition  certain  functions 
similar  to  those  of  a  governor  of  a  self-governing 
colony.  He  determines  when  Parliament  shall 
meet ;  no  money  can  be  issued  without  his  warrant 
and  no  appropriation  ordinance  introduced  unless 
recommended  by  him.  In  other  respects  he  is 
simply  a  member  of  the  executive  committee. 


vii         PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS 

He  is  its  chairman  but  with  the  exception  of 
possessing  a  casting  vote  in  addition  to  his  ordinary 
vote,  he  haa  no  more  power  than  any  other 
member  of  the  executive  committee.  In  ordinary 
timee,  therefore,  it  ia  probable  that  hia  power 
uill  depend  on  his  ability  and  hia  peraonal  influ- 
ence. It  he  ia  a  man  of  force  and  character,  and 
if  the  other  members  of  the  executive  committee 
are  divided  in  their  opinions,  he  may  hold  the 
balance  of  power  and  by  this  means  exercise  great 
influence.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  he  ia  distasteful 

to  the  jx'ople  of  the  province,  it  apjM-ars  likely  th.it 

the  other  members  of  the  committee  will  be  able 
to  reduce  him  to  the  position  of  a  constitutional 
governor.  It  is  conceivable  that  a  development 
might  take  place  somewhat  similar  to  that  which 
led  to  the  rise  of  cabinet  government  in  England. 
The  elected  members  of  the  executive  committee 
might  meet  together  and  decide  all  questions  of 
policy  informally,  meeting  again  later  in  formal 
ni t tee  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the 
assent  of  the  chairman.  There  is  nothing,  indeed, 
to  make  even  the  presence  of  the  administrator 
necessary  for  the  exercise  by  the  committee  of  it- 
powers.  It  must  be  remembered  also  that  the 
administrator  will  start  with  an  initial  handicap. 
He  will  be  a  nominated  official,  and  those  who  have 
any  experience  of  Crown  Colony  government  in 
a  country  like  South  Africa  will  recognize  what 
that  means. 

In  certain  contingencies,  on  the  other  hand,  the 


78       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

administrator  is  clothed  with  exceptional  powers. 
In  the  interim  before  union  is  fully  established 
and  before  the  Provincial  Councils  have  been 
brought  into  being,  the  administrator  has  full 
power  to  administer  the  affairs  of  the  province 
alone.  This  period  of  dictatorship  will,  however, 
be  short.  But  there  is  another  occasion  on  which 
he  assumes  almost  autocratic  powers.  Whenever 
for  any  reason  the  executive  committee  has  not 
a  quorum  the  administrator  has  power  to  carry 
on  the  administration  of  provincial  affairs  until 
a  quorum  is  re-established.  He  need  not,  appar- 
ently, even  consult  any  members  of  his  executive 
committee  who  are  still  left. 

Another  point  worth  noting  is  that  the  adminis- 
trator will  serve  in  a  two-fold  capacity.  He  is 
first  a  servant  of  the  Provincial  Council,  but  he 
is  also  a  servant  of  the  Union  Government ;  and 
it  is  expressly  provided  that  if  the  Union  Govern- 
ment acting  within  its  powers  conveys  instruc- 
tions to  the  administrator  he  may  carry  out 
those  instructions  without  reference  to  the  other 
members  of  the  executive  committee.  But  there 
is  no  hint  in  the  Act  what  powers  the  administrator 
is  likely  to  be  called  upon  to  perform  for  the  Union 
Government.  They  must  obviously  be  left  to 
be  determined  as  experience  dictates  since  they 
involve  the  whole  question  of  the  organization  of 
government.  The  importance  or  otherwise  of  the 
position  of  the  administrator  will  largely  depend 
on  the  nature  of  the  settlement  arrived  at.  The 


MI        PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS         :•• 

probable  relation*  of  the  administrator  to  the 
Union  Government  form,  indeed,  an  interesting 
•peculation  His  term  of  office,  for  instance,  need 
and  generally  will  not,  coincide  with  the 
possession  of  power  by  the  party  which  appointed 
him.  Having  been  appointed  by  one  party  he 
may  be  called  upon  to  serve  another.  It  i*  «juit«- 
possible  that  when  party  feeling  is  high  he  may 
tiiui  his  position  extremely  difficult. 

The  administrator  could  have  been  omitted  from 
the  scheme  of  the  Provincial  Constitutions  without 
altering  th  ial  character  and  possibly 

with  advantage  to  it.  There  is  no  counterpart 
to  him  in  any  British  Constitution.  He  bears 
an  analogy  to  the  '  superintendent '  who  existed 
in  New  Zealand  in  the  fifties.  He  is  cer- 
tainly opposed  to  the  spirit  of  British  institutions 
and  it  is  possible  that  he  may  share  the  fate  of 
the  superintendents  and  disappear  after  a  brief 
existence. 

The  executive  committee  consists  of  the  adminis- 
trator and  four  members  elected  by  the  Provincial 
Council.  In  the  first  published  draft  the  elected 
members  might  vary  in  number  between  three  and 
five.  It  was  feared  by  Natal  that  in  a  committee 
of  three  an  administrator  with  both  'an  ordinary 
and  a  casting  vote  might  exercise  a  dominating 
influence,  and  to  meet  this  criticism  the  number 
was  made  four  in  every  case ;  a  number  which 
is  either  too  large  for  Natal  and  the  Free  State 
«T  too  small  for  Cape  Colony  and  the  Transvaal 


80       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 


The  committee  will  contain  representatives  of 
than  one  party.  Party  government,  therefore,  in 
the  ordinary  sense  will  be  impossible.  The  Pro- 
vincial Constitutions,  indeed,  presuppose  a  form 
of  government  entirely  different  from  that  to 
which  Englishmen  are  used  either  in  national  or 
local  politics.  They  seem  to  be  based  rather  on  the 
model  of  the  Swiss  Constitution  to  which  many  of 
their  features  are  strikingly  similar.  Their  creators 
no  doubt  hope  that  the  results  will  be  equally 
successful.  The  outstanding  feature  of  the  Swiss 
form  of  government  is  that,  although  political 
parties  exist,  party  government  does  not.  As 
Professor  Dicey  observes,  the  Federal  Council,  i.  e. 
the  governing  body,  is  in  reality  not  a  cabinet  but 
a  board  for  the  management  of  business  analogous 
to  a  company's  board  of  directors.  Representa- 
tives of  various  parties  sit  upon  it,  and  as  Professor 
Lowell  has  pointed  out,  its  members  hold  very 
divergent  views.  Nevertheless,  the  Council  con- 
ducts its  business  with  admirable  efficiency  and 
harmony,  and  possesses  '  a  stability,  a  freedom 
from  sudden  changes  of  policy,  and  a  permanence 
of  tenure  on  the  part  of  capable  administrators, 
which  can  never  be  attained  under  the  parlia- 
mentary system  '.  A  form  of  government  may 
work  well  in  Switzerland  and  still  be  entirely 
unsuited  to  a  British  community,  but  an  experi- 
ment so  successful  in  one  country  is  at  least  worth 
a  trial.  These  Provincial  Constitutions  have,  more- 
over, been  advocated  on  the  ground  that  they 


MI        PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS         81 

are  not  unlike  the  pre-war  constitutions  of  the 
an  Republic  and  Orange  Free  State, 
and  tint  these  latter  were  found  to  be  well  suited 
to  Dutch  ideas  of  government.  But  this  analogy 
cannot  be  pressed  too  far.  These  republican 
constitutions  were  only  suited  to  a  romparatm-ly 
Mm  pie  community.  In  theory  they  made  the 
legislature  supreme ;  in  practice  their  efficacy 
depended  on  the  ability  and  jMTsomility  of  th<- 
president.  President  Krup»r  was  an  autorrat  and 
his  reign  would  no  doubt  have  been  as  successful 
as  President  Brand's  in  the  Free  State  had  not 
the  Witwatersrand  brought  with  it  problems 
which  the  old  form  of  government  could  not  solve. 
The  president  was  powerful  because  he  was  the 
chosen  of  the  people;  the  administrator  on  the 
other  hand  will  be  nominated,  and  even  if  one 
ad  mi  to  that  the  republican  constitutions 
well  suited  to  a  homogeneous  society,  it 
imagination  to  predict  what  might  have  happened 
had  two  Uitlanders  sat  at  President  Kruger9s 
Executive  Council  Board. 

Those  on  the  other  hand  who  dislike  so  great 
a  departure  from  British  traditions  maintain  that 
the  experiment  must  fail.  They  point  out  that 
no  provision  is  made  for  avoiding  deadlocks 
between  the  committee  and  the  Council,  since  the 
inittee  cannot  be  dismissed  and  the  Council 
cannot  be  dissolved.  In  practice,  however,  no 
great  difficulties  need  be  anticipated  on  this  score. 
The  committee  cannot  legally  disobey  the  ordin- 


82       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OH, 

,ii ires  of  the  Council  and  the  Council  in  the  long 
run  will  be  able  to  force  the  resignation  of  the 
committee  by  cutting  off  its  supplies.  The  latter 
is  indeed  likely  as  in  Switzerland  to  limit  its 
functions  to  carrying  out  the  policy  of  the  Council. 
A  more  serious  criticism  is  that  to  attempt  to 
force  opposing  parties  to  work  together  in  the 
same  Government,  will  be  to  try  to  mix  oil  and 
water.  But  before  the  Provincial  Constitutions 
are  condemned  on  this  score  the  powers  which 
they  will  be  called  upon  to  exercise  should  be 
examined.  With  the  exception  of  education 
there  are  none  of  a  character  into  which  party 
politics  need  enter.  Nor,  indeed,  are  the  inde- 
pendent powers  of  the  provinces  likely  to  be 
extended.  One  may  venture  to  prophesy  that  in 
all  likelihood  they  will  be  diminished.  What  is 
wanted  in  South  Africa  at  its  present  stage  of 
development  is  legislative  centralization  and 
administrative  decentralization.  Economy  in 
administration  is  essential.  Unfortunately  even 
with  the  limited  provincial  powers  the  existence 
of  two  co-ordinate  authorities  will  make  it  difficult 
to  secure.  Examples  of  probable  difficulties  are 
easy  to  find.  The  South  African  system  of 
government  is  not  unlike  that  of  India.  The 
country  is  divided  into  magistracies  and  at  the 
head  of  each  district  is  a  magistrate  who  is  the 
general  representative  of  the  Government.  His 
duties  will  in  future  be  undertaken  partly  for 
the  Provincial  and  partly  for  the  Union  Govern- 


MI        PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS         83 

"  there  to  be  two  parallel  systems  of 
local  government  m  the  future  or  can  the 
two  masters,  both  Union  and 
Provincial  Government*  ?  Again,  some  public 
works  such  as  roads  and  bridges  and  schools  will 
be  under  the  ad  ation  of  the  provinces; 

the  remainder  will  belong  to  tin*  I'liion.  An- 
there  to  be  two  Public  Works  Departments  where 
one  is  now  sufficient  ?  The  following  is  again 
.mother  kind  of  difficulty  which  will  probably 
arise.  Public  health,  which  must  be  administered 
by  local  bodies,  is  a  matter  for  the  Union.  Munici- 
palities and  local  bodies  are  under  the  Provincial 
Government.  The  municipalities  will  thus  also 
serve  two  masters.  They  will  be  responsible  for 
public  health  to  the  Union  Government ;  for 
everything  else  to  the  Provincial  Government. 
The  truth  seems  to  be  that  a  half-way  house 
between  the  thorough  -  going  federal  and  the 
purely  unitary  form  of  government  is  not  easy  to 
find.  No  doubt  the  curious  mixture  of  the  South 
Africa  Act  was  accepted  as  being  the  nearest 
approach  to  unification  which  it  was  possible  to 
attain.  It  may,  therefore,  be  that  the  Union 
Government  will  have  either  to  absorb  the 
independent  power  of  the  provinces,  devolving, 
however,  administrative  powers  upon  them  to 
whatever  extent  is  necessary  after  the  fashion  of 
English  local  government,  or  sink  bark  into  the 
position  of  a  federal  authority.  As  the  South 
an  Constitution-makers  have  put  all  the 


S4       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

cards   in   the   hands  of   the   Union   Government 
the  former  alternative  is  the  more  likely. 

The  provincial  constitutions  are  therefore  ad- 
mittedly experimental,  and  at  this  stage  it  is 
impossible  to  predict  their  success  or  failure.  The 
result  will  largely  depend  upon  the  spirit  in  which 
they  are  worked.  Sound  local  government  will  be 
hampered  by  the  great  size  of  some  of  the  areas, 
particularly  Cape  Colony,  which  is  undoubtedly 
too  large  for  the  purpose,  and  for  this  reason  it 
is  somewhat  unfortunate  that  a  province  may  not 
be  divided  into  two  or  more  provinces  without 
a  petition  from  its  provincial  council.  That  body 
is  Likely  to  be  the  last  to  see  the  necessity  for  such 
a  step. 

Those  who  criticize  the  ready-made  character 
of  these  constitutions  should  be  prepared  with  an 
alternative.  The  only  possible  one  would  appear 
to  have  been  the  creation  of  small  responsible 
governments  throughout  South  Africa,  engaged 
mainly  in  the  administration  of  purely  local 
affairs,  with  all  the  paraphernalia  of  lieutenant- 
governors,  cabinets,  dissolutions,  and  party  govern- 
ment. It  is  probable  that  the  Convention  was 
right  in  rejecting  such  a  plan. 

Finally,  it  may  be  noted  that  the  control  of  the 
Union  Government  over  the  provinces  is  not 
limited  merely  to  the  legislative  supremacy  of 
Parliament.  For  in  addition  all  provincial  ordin- 
ances must  receive  the  assent  of  the  Governor- 
General-in-Council,  and  still  more  important,  the 


vii        PROVINCIAL  CONSTITUTIONS         sr, 

financial  control   of   the    I'nion   ( iovcrnmcnt    nvi-r 
the  provinces,  as  explained  in  Chapter    I  \ 
complete. 

It  i-  oom  to  refer  here  to  the  provision 

that  new  territories  and  province*  may  be  m- 
.  -hided  in  the  Union  on  such  terms  as  the  South 
African  Parliammt  may  determine.  Apart  from 
the  native  protectorates,  which  are  dealt  with 
specially  in  Chapter  X,  there  remains  only  Rho- 
desia, though  it  is  conceivable  that  British  Cei 
Africa  may  some  day  be  taken  over,  and,  in  the 
far  distant  future,  even  British  East  Africa  and 
Uganda.  Rhodesia  must  undoubtedly  be  included 
in  tin*  t'nion,  hut  it  is  an  open  question  whether  any 
steps  to  that  end  should  be  taken  in  the  immediate 
tut  ure.  The  people  of  Rhodesia  are  said  generally 
to  be  averse  from  the  prospect.  The  new  South 
African  Government  will  be  overwhelmed  with 
uork.  and  are  likely  to  neglect  the  interests 
of  a  part  of  the  Union  so  distant,  at  the 
Mimnrnt  so  comparatively  unimportant  and  pos- 
sessed of  so  little  voting  power.  The  administra- 
tion  «.t  thr  rhartrred  Company  has  been  good. 
A  country  so  immature,  and  yet  of  such  great 
possibilities,  demands  close  attention  from  its 
responsihle  rulers.  The  steps  which  are  taken 
m  the  next  few  years  towards  developing  it- 
resources  and  settling  an  energetic  and  progressive 
population  on  the  land  will  go  far  to  determine 
its  future.  Both  in  the  interests  of  the  Rhodesian 
population  and  of  the  South  African  Government. 


86       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

it  is  therefore  desirable  to  delay  the  inclusion  of 
Rhodesia  in  the  Union.  That  Government  should 
first  settle  the  more  immediate  problems  which 
face  it  elsewhere.  When  that  has  been  done, 
and  when  Rhodesia  itself  is  more  ripe  for  the 
change,  it  will  be  time  for  the  Imperial  Govern- 
ment to  consider  on  what  lines  and  under  what 
safeguards  the  transfer  of  the  administration 
should  be  made. 


CHAPTER  Mil 
THE  JUDICATURE 

TH  iMons  of  the  Act  with  regard  to  the 

judiciary  require  little  conn  unit.  A  Supreme 
Court  of  South  Africa  is  constituted,  and  when 
the  spoils  were  divided,  the  Supreme  Court  was 

n  to  Bloemfontein.  Its  sittings  must  be  held 
there,  though  for  the  convenience  of  suitors  it 
may  go  elsewhere.  Bloemfontein  is  not  a  very 

ictive  place  and  since  judges  are  only  human 
they  may  tind  that  the  convenience  of  suitors  of  ten 
requires  their  presence  at  Cape  Town  and  other 
more  pleasant  places  of  abode.  The  Supreme 
Court  is  to  sit  in  an  appellate  division  and  in 
provincial  and  local  divisions ;  the  existing 
supreme  courts  of  the  colonies  become  the  pro- 

ial   divisions,   and  the  existing  district   and 

lit  courts  become  the  local  divisions.  Appeals 
from  any  superior  court  will  go  direct  to  the 
appellate  division.  Appeals  from  the  Supreme 
Court  to  the  Privy  Council  are  limited  to  oases 
in  which  the  Privy  Council  may  give  leave  to 
appeal.  As  in  Australia,  Parliament  may  limit 
the  matters  in  which  such  leave  may  be  asked, 
but  laws  imposing  such  restrictions  are  to  be 
reserved  for  the  pleasure  of  the  Crown.  The 
question  which  gave  so  much  trouble  in  the 
Australian  Constitution  with  regard  to  the  inter- 


88       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

pretation  of  the  Constitution  does  not  arise  in 
the  case  of  South  Africa.  The  interpretation  of 
a  federal  constitution  is  a  matter  of  immense 
importance.  It  may,  and  in  fact  probably  will, 
determine  the  whole  course  of  the  political  life 
of  the  country,  but,  where  parliament  is  supreme, 
the  courts  cease  to  be  the  guardians  of  the  con- 
stitution, and,  since  any  judicial  interpretation 
which  may  be  considered  detrimental  to  the 
country's  interest  may  be  upset  by  means  of  an 
ordinary  law,  there  is  no  reason  to  enter  any  special 
safeguards  in  this  respect.  The  main  benefit  to 
be  expected  from  this  chapter  of  the  Act  is  the 
removal  of  the  present  anomaly  by  which  four 
Supreme  Courts  sit  in  South  Africa,  none  of 
them  bound  by  the  other's  decisions  and  occa- 
sionally delivering  inconsistent  and  even  con- 
tradictory judgements. 


CHAPTER  IX 
FINANCE  AND  RAILWAYS 

TUB  chapter  dealing  with  finance  and  railways 
is  not  only  one  of  the  most  important  of  the  whole 
but  is  also  perhaps  the  most  logical  and  com- 
plete. It  is  hen-  that  the  unitary  prim-iplr  limU 
its  most  complete  fulfilment.  There  is  no  attempt 
rigidly  to  define  once  and  for  all  in  a  written  docu- 
mmt  the  financial  relations  between  the  central 
and  local  governments,  A  cut  and  dried  financial 
scheme,  which  is  a  necessary  consequence  of  the 
adoption  of  the  federal  system,  has  been  found  in 
all  federal  countries  to  be  a  most  serious  drawback* 
Whether  in  America,  or  Canada,  or  Australia,  the 
financial  relations  between  the  central  and  local 
governments  are  unsatisfactory.  There  is  no  sphere 
of  government  where  elasticity  and  freedom  are 
more  necessary  than  in  that  of  finance,  and  the 
difficulty  of  making  those  readjustments  which 
t  In- 1  hanging  circumstances  of  a  country's  develop- 
ment require  may  often  be  found  to  be  a  serious 
handicap  to  its  prosperity.  The  South  African 
Constitution  meets  this  difficulty  simply  and 
effectively  by  leaving  the  whole  matter  to  be  deter 
mined  by  the  Union  Parliament  in  the  manner 
which  the  future  may  show  to  be  the  best  It 
does  not  set  up  a  ready-made  system  ;  it  merely 
indicates  the  procedure  to  be  followed  temporarily 


90       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

until  Parliament  has  had  time  and  opportunity  to 
deal  fully  with  the  whole  matter.  All  revenues 
(apart  from  revenues  arising  from  the  administra- 
tion of  railways  and  harbours,  which  are  dealt  with 
separately)  are  paid  into  the  Treasury  of  the  Union. 
All  properties  and  rights  belonging  to  the  govern- 
ments of  the  colonies  which  enter  the  Union, 
including  even  property  incidental  to  the  duties 
cast  upon  the  Provincial  Governments,  are  taken 
over  by  the  Union  Government,  and  all  their  debts 
and  liabilities  assumed  by  it.  The  Provincial 
Governments  will,  for  the  time  being,  depend  on 
grants  from  the  Treasury  of  the  Union,  except  in  so 
far  as  they  may  exercise  their  power  of  imposing 
direct  taxation,  which  they  will  be  in  no  hurry  to 
do,  if  we  may  judge  from  the  example  of  Canada. 
As  soon  as  the  Union  is  established  a  commission 
is  to  be  appointed,  consisting  of  one  representative 
from  each  province,  and  presided  over  by  an 
officer  from  the  imperial  service,  to  report  upon  the 
financial  relations  which  should  exist  between 
the  Union  and  the  provinces.  Until  this  com- 
mission has  reported  and  Parliament  has  acted 
upon  its  report,  the  Provincial  Governments  will 
be  entirely  dependent  upon  the  Union  Treasury. 
For  the  expenditure  of  any  grants  they  will  be 
completely  responsible  to  the  Union  Government ; 
their  estimates  must  be  approved  by  that  Govern- 
ment ;  and  their  expenditure  will  be  audited  by  its 
officers. 

All  government  centres  in  finance.     There  is 


ix  FINANCE  AND  RAILWAYS  '•! 

no  doubt  that  the  Convention,  whether  deliber- 
ately or  nut.  has  by  means  of  the  financial  pro- 
•as  of  the  Constitution  sealed  the  a 
he  Union  Government  over  the  provinces, 

They  aiv  held  in  a  \  in-  and  tin-  I.TIIIIT  ha*  -imply 

to  tutu  t  !,r  screw  in  order  to  secure  its  ends. 

The  elaborate  provisions  with  regard  to  the 
administration  of  the  railways  and  harbours  of 
the  Union,  which  are  without  parallel  in  any  other 
(Constitution,  are  a  good  indication  of  the 
immense  importance  of  the  administrative  side  of 
a  modern  state.  They  point  equally  to  the  dangers 
which  experience  has  shown  to  arise  when  a 
government  becomes  responsible  for  the  adminis- 
um  of  commercial  undertakings.  The  peculiar 
evils  to  which  the  state  administration  of  railways 
is  subject  are  fairly  well  known  both  in  Australia 
and  South  Africa.  They  are  probably  less  appre- 
ciated in  England.  In  Australia  political  inter- 
ference and  jobbery  became  so  rampant  that  in  the 
attempt  to  stem  them  drastic  changes  in  railway 
management  were  found  necessary.  The  railways 
were  placed  under  the  control  of  independent 
rnmmissioners,  relieved  as  far  as  possible  from 
the  pressure  of  political  interference.  This  system 
of  management  is  no  doubt  not  perfect,  but  it  has 
spread  throughout  the  Australian  i-olonir>.  and 
once  tried  has  not  been  abandoned.  Responsible 
Australian  statesmen  who  have  had  experience 
both  of  the  former  system  and  of  the  system  of 
management  by  commissioners  have  no 


92       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA      <  n 

in  expressing  their  decided  preference  for  the  latter. 
In  South  Africa  the  evils  of  political  interference 
have  not  been  so  glaring,  but  they  have  not  been 
absent,  and  under  the  ordinary  system  of  minis- 
terial control  they  are  likely  to  increase  in  the 
future.  A  single  idea — the  prevention  of  political 
jobbery  and  the  administration  of  the  railways 
and  harbours,  so  far  as  is  possible  for  a  govern- 
ment undertaking,  on  commercial  principles — runs 
through  all  the  railway  provisions  of  the  constitu- 
tion. It  is  an  attempt,  much  in  the  same  way  as 
the  provision  in  the  schedule  that  the  native  protec- 
torates shall  be  administered  by  a  commission,  to 
save  democracy  from  itself.  In  the  first  place  the 
railways  are  to  be  managed,  subject  to  the  authority 
of  the  Governor-General-in-Council,  by  a  board 
consisting  of  not  more  than  three  commissioners 
to  be  appointed  by  the  Union  Government  and  by 
a  minister  who  is  to  be  chairman.  The  commis- 
sioners are  protected  by  being  appointed  for  a 
period  of  five  years  and  by  not  being  subject  to 
removal  before  the  expiration  of  that  period 
except  by  the  Governor-General-in-Council  for 
cause  assigned,  which  is  to  be  communicated  at 
once  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament.  Their  salaries 
are  not  to  be  reduced  during  their  term  of  office. 
The  success  or  otherwise  of  this  board  will  depend 
on  the  class  of  men  appointed  as  commissioners. 
The  management  of  a  railway  system  of  many 
thousands  of  miles  is  a  vast  undertaking  requiring 
special  knowledge  and  capacity  for  organization, 


ix  I  I  NANCE  AND  RAILWAYS  93 

and  it  the  poets  are  to  be  the  perquisite*  of  poli- 
ticians without  any  particular  qualifications, 
the  scheme  will  fail.  All  revenue  from  the  • 
ways  and  harbours  is  to  go  into  a  separate  fund, 
i ml  is  to  be  used  only  for  the  purposes  of  tin 
railways,  ports,  and  harbours.  Their  earnings 
are  not  to  be  more  than  sufficient  to  meet  Un- 
necessary outlays  which  must  be  incurred  in 
thru  proper  administration,  and  they  are  to 
be  administered,  as  the  Constitution  quaintly 
says,  *  on  business  principles,  due  regard  being 
had  to  agricultural  and  industrial  development 
within  the  Union,  and  the  promotion,  by  means  of 
cheap  transport,  of  the  settlement  of  an  agricultural 
and  industrial  population  in  the  inland  portions 
of  all  p  es  of  the  Union/ 

A  curious  commentary  upon  these  provisions, 
in  indication  of  the  great  importance  of  the 
railway  question,  is  the  reference  in  the  Constitution 
to  the  division  of  the  traffic  to  the  Rand  (Section 
148  (2)).  In  a  previous  chapter  the  difficult  !«•> 
arising  out  of  this  question  have  been  referred  to. 
Some  time  before  the  Convention,  the  Transvaal 
Government  had  commenced  negotiations  with  the 
Portuguese  authorities  for  the  conclusion  of  a  new 
treaty  to  take  the  place  of  the  temporary  modus 
vivendi  of  1901  ;  but  as  the  questions  dealt  with 
intimately  affected  the  other  colonies,  nothing 
was  settled  until  there  had  been  an  opportunity 
of  consulting  them  during  the  Convention.  It 
was  an  open  question,  whether  it  was  to  the 


04       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

interest  of  any  colony  that  a  new  treaty  should 
be  concluded  at  all  with  the  Portuguese,  or  whether 
a  South  African  government,  negotiating  with  the 
full  force  of  a  united  South  African  opinion  belli nd 
it,  might  not  have  been  in  a  position  to  secure 
better  terms. 

But  apart  from  certain  reasons  which  made  the 
Transvaal  Government  anxious  to  conclude  a 
treaty,  that  step  was  rendered  inevitable  by  the 
insistence  of  the  Natal  Government  on  a  fixed 
proportion  of  30  per  cent,  of  the  Rand  traffic  for 
Durban.  So  long  as  the  modus  vivendi  was  in 
existence,  no  such  guarantee  could  be  given  to 
Natal  without  a  breach  of  faith  with  the  Portuguese, 
and  when  an  agreement  between  the  colonies  was 
concluded  at  Cape  Town  in  February  (the  agree- 
ment referred  to  in  Section  148),  by  which  30  per 
cent,  of  the  traffic  was  secured  to  Durban  and 
20  per  cent,  to  the  Cape  ports,  a  new  treaty 
was  inevitable.  Negotiations  were  accordingly 
completed  by  the  Transvaal  and  Portuguese 
Governments,  by  which  the  Portuguese  continued 
to  grant  facilities  for  the  recruitment  of  native 
labour,  and  Delagoa  Bay  was  secured  for  ten 
years  in  the  possession  of  that  portion  of  the 
railway  traffic  not  divided  between  the  Cape  Colony 
and  Natal.  The  publication  of  the  treaty,  how- 
ever, led  to  a  storm  of  protests  throughout  South 
Africa,  and  particularly  in  Natal.  At  one  moment 
it  looked  as  if  the  Union  itself  was  jeopardized. 
Natal  opinion  was  intensely  suspicious,  and  at 


ix  r I  NANCE  AND  RAILW.U  <c> 

the  same  time  ill-informed.  All  aorta  of  danger* 
to  NataTs  prosperity  were  imagined,  which  had 
no  foundation  m  fact  But  on  reflection  it  was 
recognized  that  the  evils  of  the  treaty  had  been 
exaggerated,  and  that,  however  distasteful  it  was,  it 

had  heen  rendered  inevitahle  hy  Natal's  drt«-rmina- 

not  to  enter  the  Union  without  a  guarantee  of 

traffic.    It  was  clear  too  that  Durban  would  in  any 

rase  he  hetter  otT  than  it  is  now.  None  the  le», 
although  the  best  may  have  been  made  of  an  un- 
satisfactory business,  the  arrangement  by  \\hieh 
the  whole  traffic  is  divided  in  certain  fixed  pro- 
ions  between  the  ports  is  obviously  not  con- 
ceived on  *  business  principles ',  and  will  be 
dilVieult  to  work. 

ihe  Constitution  provides  elaborately  that  if 
the  Board  of  Commissioners  is  compelled  by 
IV i i-l iament  to  build  unremunerative  new  lines,  or 
to  grant  unremunerative  concessions,  the  loss 
Ived  is  not  to  fall  on  the  railways,  but  is  to 
be  met  by  grants  to  the  railways  by  the  Gov 
ment.  These  safeguards  were  prompted  by  some 
discreditable  incidents  in  past  railway  hist 
particularly  in  the  Cape  Colony.  Finally,  the 
railway  staff  is  to  be  under  the  sole  control  of  the 
Board,  and  is  not  suhjeet  to  review  hy  the  eommis- 
sion  which  is  to  report  upon  the  remainder  of  the 
public  service. 

It  is  manifest  that  the  intention  of  all  these 
clauses  is  to  separate  so  far  as  possible  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  railways  from  the  remaining  func- 


96       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH    AFRICA 

tions  of  government.  The  inland  colonies  have, 
in  the  past,  suffered  from  the  imposition  of  high 
railway  rates  by  the  coast  colonies,  and  the 
railways  have  always  been  used  very  largely  as 
instruments  of  taxation.  In  the  future  all  this 
will  be  impossible.  The  railways  are  to  be  worked 
at  cost,  and  if  it  happens  that  any  surplus  remains 
that  surplus  cannot  go  to  meet  non-railway  ex- 
penditure by  the  Government,  but  is  secured  to 
the  railways  for  their  own  purposes.  The  policy 
here  laid  down  is  in  marked  contrast  to  that  of 
other  countries  owning  state  railways,  e.g.  Prussia, 
which  raises  immense  sums  by  means  of  railway 
rates  for  the  ordinary  purposes  of  government. 
But  in  a  country  of  vast  area,  depending  largely 
on  imported  articles,  taxation  through  the  railways 
is  obviously  unfair  to  the  dweller  in  the  inland, 
and  the  policy  of  the  past  has  been  most  unpopular 
in  the  Transvaal.  It  was  for  this  reason  that 
General  Smuts,  much  to  the  indignation  of  the 
coast  towns,  designated  these  clauses  as  the  Magna 
Charta  of  the  interior. 


<  1 1  AFTER   \ 

THE  NATIVES 

THERE  waa  no  part  of  the  Constitution  which 
the  Imp.-rml  Parliament  waa  bound  to  scrutim/r 
\\ith  more  care,  or  with  which  it  waa  more  certain 
that   it  could  not   interfere,  than  that  relating  to 
natives.     The    parliamentary    debates   at    West- 
minster were  indeed  practically  confined  to  this 
aspect  of  the  bill.     Many  speakers,  anxious  to 
vindicate  the  ancient  claim  of  Parliament  to  act 
as  the  protector  of  the  inferior  races  throughout 
the  British  possessions,  resented  the  imputation 
that  Parliament  might  disapprove,  but  could  not 
amend.     Hut  they  failed  to  appreciate  that  new 
i  it  ions  had  arisen.     Old  wine  will  not  go  into 
new  bottles.    To  most  speakers  the  true  nature  of 
thr  problem  before  them  was  not  clear.     It  may, 
therefore,  be  useful  to  anticipate  reference  to  thr 
provisions  of  the  Constitution  itself  by  an  attempt 
to  elucidate  the  position  of  the  Imperial  Parlia- 
ment towards  South  Africa  in  this  matter. 

in  order  to  avoid  confusion,  it  is  well  to  explain 
in  what  sense  the  terms  '  coloured  men '  and 
4  natives '  are  used  in  South  Africa.  A  '  coloured 
man  '  is  not  a  Kaffir.  He  is  a  person  of  mixed 
white  and  black  blood.  4  Coloured  men  '  var\ 
colour  between  all  the  shades  which  are  not  quite 
white  or  quite  black.  They  are  numerous  only 


<>8       THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

in  the  Cape  Colony,  and  particularly  in  the  en- 
virons of  Cape  Town.  The  majority  of  them  are 
the  product  of  a  cross  not  between  Europeans  and 
Kaffirs,  but  between  Europeans  and  the  former 
slaves  or  Hottentots  or  Malays.  In  this  chapter, 
therefore,  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between 
pure-blooded  Kaffirs  and  persons  of  mixed  blood. 
The  term  '  coloured  men '  will  be  used  for  the 
latter.  On  the  other  hand,  the  terms  '  natives ', 
'  black  men,'  and  '  coloured  races,'  will,  for  pur- 
poses of  convenience,  include  '  coloured  men '  as 
well  as  Kaffirs,  unless  it  is  otherwise  stated. 

Mr.  Balfour  truly  said  that  the  relations  between 
the  races  of  European  descent  and  the  dark  races 
of  Africa  present  a  problem  of  the  most  extra- 
ordinary difficulty  and  complexity,  one  entirely 
novel  in  history,  and  to  which  there  is  no  parallel 
in  the  memory  and  experience  of  mankind.  He 
might  have  added  with  equal  truth  that  it  is  in 
South  Africa  that  the  problem  reaches  the  zenith 
of  its  difficulty  and  complexity.  For  in  the 
United  States,  formidable  as  the  problem  is,  the 
position  of  the  white  man  is  at  least  secure.  The 
white  population  vastly  outnumbers  the  blacks. 
In  the  West  Indies,  on  the  other  hand,  the  white 
population  hardly  claims  or  hopes  to  be  more  than 
a  garrison.  But  in  South  Africa  the  white  man, 
faced  by  tremendous  odds,  and  outnumbered  by 
five  to  one,  has  founded  and  is  striving  to  maintain 
and  strengthen  a  civilization  and  a  polity  which 
will  do  shame  neither  in  its  freedom  nor  its 


x  THE  NATIVES  w 

morality  to  the  tradition*  of  hia  race.  The 
\\hiu-  iurn  in  Smith  Africa  are  no  longer  merely 
a  garrison.  One  hundred  yean  ago  there  were 
but  a  few  thousand  of  them  ;  to-day  they  number 
over  a  million.  What  they  may  attain  to  in 
future,  and  to  what  extent  South  Africa  can  ever 
become  a  white  man's  country,  cannot  be  foreseen ; 

they  have  already  reached  the  maturity  of 
a  nation,  and  they  cannot  be  denied  the  constitu- 
tional freedom  to  which  their  status  entitles  them. 
Thus  a  situation  has  arisen  the  significance  of 
which  has  not  hitherto  been  fully  grasped.  The 

sh  nation  has  been  singularly  successful  in  the 
past  in  its  government  of  inferior  races.  In  Asia 
and  in  Africa  it  may  lay  claim  to  a  record  to  which 
no  other  nation  can  pretend.  But  its  success  has 
been  invariably  proportioned  to  the  simplicity  of 
the  racial  problem  with  which  it  has  been  faced. 
Where  there  has  been  no  question  of  competition 
between  white  and  black,  it  has  attained  unex- 
ampled success  by  capable  administration  and  by 
the  application  of  certain  simple  principles  of 
liberality,  justice,  and  humanity.  It  has  been 
mui  h  less  successful  where  white  men  and  black 
are  living  side  by  side.  Even  when  the  white 
population  has  been  comparatively  small,  as  in  the 
early  days  in  the  Cape  Colony,  and  as  is  now  the 
case  in  British  East  Africa,  government  from 
Downing  Street  has  been  accompanied  by  incessant 
trouble.  Many  of  the  calamities  of  South  African 
history  have  sprung  from  this  cause.  As  the 

o  2 


100     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     <  n 

white  population  has  increased,  so  has  the  diffi- 
culty of  the  task,  until  a  stage  is  reached  when 
the  attempt  is  perforce  abandoned,  and  the  colony 
is  granted  self-government.  But  hitherto,  in  the 
case  of  South  Africa,  self-government  has  never 
been  granted  without  a  reservation  in  the  minds 
of  certain  sections,  at  any  rate,  of  the  British 
public.  They  admitted  that  the  white  popula- 
tion of  the  colonies  must  be  allowed  to  determine 
its  own  affairs  ;  they  did  not  admit  that  the  right 
extended  to  the  government  of  the  native  popula- 
tions in  their  midst.  They  said  in  effect,  '  You 
may  govern  yourselves,  but  the  government  of 
the  inferior  races  is  in  the  last  resort  our  affair.' 
They  did  not  see  that  their  claim,  though  a  plausible 
one,  reduced  self-government  to  a  mockery,  since 
there  is  no  political  question  in  South  Africa  which 
does  not  bear  upon  the  native  question,  and  beside 
it  all  other  problems  sink  into  insignificance.  The 
British  Parliament  might  as  well  be  restricted 
from  legislating  for  women.  Thus  the  Liberal 
party,  while  granting  self-government  with  one 
hand,  was  in  danger  of  taking  it  away  with  the 
other.  On  two  grounds  only  could  they  defend 
their  position.  They  must  argue  that  the  colonies 
were  either  too  weak  to  undertake  the  government 
of  the  inferior  races,  or,  if  they  were  not  too  weak, 
that  they  were  unfit  from  some  inferiority  of 
moral  character,  or  from  an  ignorance  of  the 
true  principles  of  political  freedom.  The  first 
argument  has  hitherto  had  much  weight,  but 


x  i  HI:  NATIVES  101 

henceforth  it  will  fall  to  the  ground.  A  stigma 
.sin -h  as  IB  implied  by  the  second  could  be  admitted 
only  by  a  people  too  weak  to  resent  it. 

But  not  only  is  the  arrogation  by  the  Imperial 
Parliament  to  itself  of  the  right  to  determine  native- 
policy  inconsistent  with  the  grant  of  full  self* 
government;  it  is  also  imjMissible  to  put  into 
practice.  A  free  people  can  never  consent  to  be 
governed  by  a  parliament  sitting  6,000  miles  away, 
in  which  they  are  not  represented.  It  is  useless 
to  toll  them  that  the  I  in j.«  rial  Parliament  claims 
only  to  govern  the  black  population,  not  the 
white.  Every  South  African  knows  that  from  the 
conditions  of  the  problem  such  a  claim  is  meaning- 
lees.  The  man  who  wears  the  shoe  alone  knows 
where  it  pinches.  The  proper  handling  of  the 
native  problem  is  a  matter  of  life  and  death  to 
the  inhabitants  of  South  Africa.  They  cannot 
be  expected  willingly  to  entrust  it  to  those  who 
have  no  immediate  responsibility,  and  who 
would  not  suffer  in  life  or  property  from  any 
mistakes  they  might  make.  It  would  be  like 
asking  the  British  nation  to  submit  its  naval 
policy  to  the  determination  of  South  Africa.  Any 
attempt,  indeed,  to  impose  on  South  Africa  a  policy 
to  whir  h  it  is  strongly  opposed  can  only  be  carried 
through  by  coercion. 

Parliament  was,  therefore,  on  every  ground 
well  advised  to  show  by  its  action  that  the  grant 
of  self-government  had  been  made  completely 
and  u  ithout  reservation.  The  least  calamity  that 


102     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

must  have  followed  from  any  other  course  would 
have  been  the  postponement  of  union.  The 
failure  to  reach  the  goal  they  so  ardently  desired 
would  have  been  placed  by  South  Africans  at  the 
door  of  the  natives.  Discord  would  have  been 
sown  between  white  and  black,  and  South  African 
( >  j  >  i  n  ion  might  have  become  permanently  embittered 
against  the  Government  of  Great  Britain. 

All  this  has  been  said  without  reference  to  the 
question  whether  South  African  opinion  is  or  is 
not  more  enlightened  than  British  opinion.  As 
Mr.  Balfour  said,  the  British  Parliament  must 
have  a  different  perspective  to  that  of  South 
Africa,  perhaps  truer  in  some  respects,  certainly 
less  true  in  others.  One  may  freely  admit  that  a 
great  deal  of  South  African  opinion  is  ignorant, 
unintelligent,  and  crude.  The  man  in  the  street 
and  the  man  on  the  veld  seldom  realize  even  the 
elements  of  the  stupendous  problem  with  which 
they  are  faced.  The  policy  which  attracts  them 
is  often  one  of  simple  repression.  Take  away 
from  the  native  the  lands  which  he  possesses,  and 
there  will  be  more  compulsion  upon  him  to  work 
for  the  white  man.  Do  not  educate  him,  or 
else  he  will  become  too  independent.  Keep  him 
in  his  place.  That  is  the  simple  creed  of  the 
average  white  man.  He  fails  to  see  that  in  his 
own  interests  it  is  fatal.  For,  if  the  black  man 
sinks,  he  will  inevitably  drag  the  white  man  with 
him.  The  Kaffirs  too  now  number  six  millions. 
They  will  soon  number  ten  and  twenty  millions. 


x  THE  NATIVES  103 

By  raising  in  their  breast*  a  sense  of  wrong  the 
\\hit.-  in  ui  uill  merely  be  digging  hia  own  grave. 

Nevertheless,  the  germ*  of  a  sound  public  opinion 
exiat.  In  Gape  Colony  a  truer  view  of  the  object* 
and  methods  of  native  administration  has  prevailed, 
the  influence  of  a  few  enlightened  men  has 
been  a  remarkable  leaven  on  the  ^eneral  opinion 
"i"  the  colony.  It  is  therefore  probable  that  this 
pcooets  will  be  continued  with  equal  success  on 
the  wider  stage  of  the  Union. 

In  this  gradual  development  of  opinion  lies  the 
best  hope  for  the  future.  It  was  impossible  with- 
out union,  since  no  common  native  policy  was 
possible.  The  varying  policies  of  the  different 
colonies  merely  reacted  on  one  another,  and 
•lengthened  their  antagonism.  Nowhere,  indeed, 
are  the  benefits  of  union  likely  to  be  greater  or 
more  permanent  than  in  the  matter  of  the  natives. 

But  whatever  may  be  our  view  as  to  the  relative 
enlightenment  of  South  African  and  British  opinion, 
that  is  a  matter,  as  will  be  clear  from  what  has 
been  said,  \\hich  has  no  practical  bearing  on  the 
question  of  imperial  interference.  South  Africans 
must  find  their  own  salvation.  Any  attempt  to 
coerce  them  into  the  right  way  will  merely  con- 
firm them  in  their  course.  They  must  be  left  to 
reap  wisdom  from  their  own  experience. 

But,  although  happily  no  amendment  was  made 
in  the  provisions  relating  to  natives,  the  fact  that 
they  have  been  described  in  the  Imperial  Parlia- 
ment as  illiberal,  unjust,  pernicious,  and  retro- 


104     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

grade,  makes  it  necessary  to  see  what  they  are. 
An  impartial  study  of  them  may  lead  to  a  milder 
conclusion.  Mr.  Keir  Hardie  stigmatized  the 
bill  as  one  '  to  unify  the  white  races,  to  dis- 
franchise the  coloured  races,  and  not  to  pro- 
mote union  between  the  races  in  South  Africa '. 
He  is  both  right  and  wrong.  The  coloured  races 
are  in  no  way  disfranchised,  but  it  is  perfectly  true 
that  the  bill  is  not  intended  to  promote  the  union 
of  the  black  race  and  the  white.  No  one  with 
a  knowledge  of  South  Africa  could  suppose  that 
any  constitution  could  do  that.  The  intention  of 
the  bill,  as  Mr.  Hardie  says,  is  to  unite  the  white 
races.  If  an  attempt  had  been  made  to  find  in 
it  a  solution  of  the  native  question,  it  must  un- 
questionably have  failed.  Its  success,  as  its 
framers  well  knew,  could  be  achieved  only  by 
leaving  the  question  of  the  native  franchise 
where  it  was.  And  this  is  what  is  done.  The 
provisions  relating  to  natives  have  all  the  one 
object  of  not  prejudicing  the  question  before 
it  can  be  dealt  with  by  a  South  African 
Parliament  fully  representative  of  South  African 
opinion. 

Let  us  consider  what  those  provisions  are.  In 
the  first  place  as  to  the  franchise.  As  matters 
stand,  the  franchise  is  reserved  in  the  Transvaal 
and  the  Orange  River  Colony  to  white  men ; 
in  Natal  a  native  can  obtain  a  vote,  but  under 
restrictions  which  make  the  privilege  to  all  intents 
and  purposes  nugatory  ;  in  the  Cape  Colony  any 


x  I  HE  NATIVES  in:. 

man*  whether  white  or  black,  who  has  a  certain 
property  qualification,  and  can  write  hi*  name,  is 
< -n  titled  to  vote.  The  position  ia  further  compli- 
cated by  the  present  British  Government's  grant 
lanhood  suffrage  to  the  Transvaal  and  Orange 
<T  Colony.  If  the  Convention  had  wished  to 
create  a  uniform  franchise  throughout  South  Africa, 
it  had  various  alternatives  before  it.  First,  it 
might  have  abolished  the  colour  line  and  extended 
t  liroughout  the  Union  the  Cape  franchise  for  \vlnt< 
men  and  black.  As  every  one  knew,  this  course 
was  impossible.  It  would  have  been  universally 
rejected  by  the  population  of  the  north.  And  not 
merely  because  it  gave  votes  to  coloured  men  and 
Kaffirs.  It  involved  also  of  necessity  the  dis- 
franchisement  of  a  certain  number  of  white  men, 
at  any  rate  in  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  River 
Colony.  Nor  did  it  commend  itself  to  unpre- 
judiced men  who  recognize  that  some  form  of 
representation  must  be  given  to  the  black  races. 
In  the  debates  in  the  Imperial  Parliament  few 
members  seemed  to  doubt  the  complete  success  of 
the  Cape  franchise,  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  com- 
petent observers  in  South  Africa  deem  it  open  to 
the  gravest  question.  t'aj>e  native  administration 
has  indeed  been  excellent,  but  it  is  much  to  be 
doubted  whether  its  excellence  is  in  any  way  the 
result  of  the  native  vote  or  whether  the  present 
franchise  affords  a  proper  test  for  civilization.  It 
is  said,  for  instance,  that  agents  of  both  political 
parties  are  accustomed,  when  a  native,  who  is 


106     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

otherwise  qualified,  cannot  write,  to  tench  him  to 
draw  his  name,  and  that  in  this  way  many  natives 
without  any  sufficient  education  are  on  the  roll. 

It  was  equally  impossible  for  the  Convention  to 
extend  the  manhood  suffrage  of  the  Transvaal 
and  Orange  River  Colony  over  the  Union,  at  any 
rate  without  abolishing  the  native  franchise  alto- 
gether, for  not  even  the  most  ardent  negrophilc 
was  prepared  to  enfranchise  the  teeming  savages 
of  Zululand,  the  Zoutpansberg,  or  the  Transkei. 

Thus,  if  there  were  to  be  no  colour  bar  within 
the  Union,  the  extension  of  Cape  franchise  meant 
the  disfranchisement  of  white  men,  the  extension 
of  the  Transvaal  franchise  the  enfranchisement  of 
savages.  It  remained  to  devise  an  entirely  new 
franchise,  and  some  new  test  of  fitness,  more 
efficient  than  the  Cape  franchise,  had  to  be  dis- 
covered. 

Now  this  problem  is  the  most  difficult  and 
critical  of  all  those  which  face  South  Africa.  What 
was  the  test  of  fitness  to  be  ?  Was  it  to  be  the 
same  for  white  men  and  black  ?  There  is  much 
to  be  said  for  the  view  that  the  '  civilization  '  of 
a  Kaffir  needs  to  be  tested  by  means  quite  different 
from  those  which  are  sufficient  in  the  case  of 
white  men.  If,  however,  the  test  were  the  same, 
what  became  of  the  manhood  suffrage  in  the 
Transvaal  and  Orange  River  Colony  ?  Obviously 
some  of  the  white  voters  in  those  colonies  must, 
in  this  case  also,  have  been  disfranchised.  Again, 
if  a  black  man  has  a  vote,  is  not  a  white  woman 


x  I  HE  NATIVES  107 

entitled  to  one?  And  if  white  and  black  man 
and  white  woman  have  votes,  on  what  ground  in 
tin-  privilege  to  be  withheld  tr<>m  u...  ;.  women  ? 

H  the  true  policy  separate  representation  for 
the  coloured  races  ?  All  these  are  questions  which 
must  he  faced  in  the  future,  hut  for  deriding  \s  hicli 
South  An  uais  certainly  not  ripe  now.  Isitconceiv- 
able  that  they  should  have  been  settled  by  the 
('on  \rnt  ion  without  public  discussion  or  time  for 
thought,  as  part  of  a  compromise  made  for  the 
sake  of  union  ?  Any  attempt  to  do  so  must  infallibly 
have  failed.  The  Convention,  therefore,  wisely 
decided  to  do  no  more  than  protect  adequately 
the  rights  of  the  coloured  voters  in  the  Cape 
Colony,  secure  that  Parliament  should  include 
men  well  acquainted  with  native  conditions  of 

md  requirements,  and  leave  the  rest  to  the 
future.  No  bill  amending  the  Cape  franchise  law 
to  the  detriment  of  the  natives  or  coloured  men 

be  passed  without  a  two-thirds  majority  of  the 
whole  Parliament,  and  in  no  case  can  any  voter 
id  uaily  registered  be  deprived  of  his  vote  by  reason 
of  his  race  or  colour.  Otherwise  the  various  fran- 
chise laws  remain  as  they  are  in  each  colony. 

A  regrettable  concomitant  of  the  compromise 
on  the  question  of  the  franchise  was  the  decision 
that  only  men  '  of  European  descent '  should  be 
<  1 11,1  lifted  to  be  members  of  Parliament.  Since 
natives  in  the  Transvaal  and  Orange  River 
Colony  were  to  have  no  franchise  rights,  it  would 
have  been  illogical  to  have  given  them  the  privilege 


108     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

of  sitting  in  Parliament,  seeing  that  they  had  not 
even  a  vote.  Obviously  the  two  things  went 
together.  The  same  thing  was  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  true  of  Natal.  An  alternative  was  to  allow 
the  privilege  to  natives  and  coloured  men  in  the 
Cape  Colony  alone.  But  although  such  a  course 
might  commend  itself  to  liberal  men,  it  was  certain 
that  the  population  of  the  northern  colonies  would 
strenuously  oppose  the  possibility  of  a  black 
man,  to  whom  they  would  not  give  a  vote,  helping 
to  make  laws  for  them.  The  Convention  was  pro- 
bably right  in  concluding  that  union  itself  would 
be  menaced  by  the  insertion  of  any  such  provision. 
And  illiberal  though  the  exclusion  of  all  coloured 
men  is,  it  involves  no  practical  hardship  to  the 
natives.  Hitherto  natives  and  coloured  men  have 
been  qualified  for  membership  of  the  Cape  Parlia- 
ment. In  fifty-five  years  there  has  been  no  single 
example  of  the  election  of  either.  Moreover, 
while  they  are  excluded  from  the  Union  Parliament, 
they  may  still  sit  in  the  Cape  Provincial  Council. 
And,  lastly,  this  matter  will  undoubtedly  require 
to  be  reconsidered  when  Parliament  deals,  as 
sooner  or  later  it  must,  with  the  native  franchise. 
The  two  questions  hang  together.  If  a  fair  solution 
is  reached  upon  the  franchise,  whether  in  the 
direction  of  separate  representation  or  not,  it  is 
certain  that  any  grievance  which  natives  or 
coloured  men  have  in  the  matter  of  eligibility  to 
Parliament  will  be  likewise  redressed. 

Nevertheless  it  is  impossible  to  deny  that  some 


THE  NATIVES 

he  coloured  or  half-caste  population,  particu- 
larly in  the  Cape  peninsula,  are  fully  a*  well  fitted 
aa  many  white  men  to  become  members  of  Parlia- 
nd  it  is  regrettable  that  it  should  have  been 
found  necessary  for  greater  ends  to  place  upon 
t  li'-m  a  disability  which  they  feel  as  a  stigma. 

It  is  very  probable  that  the  interpretation  of 
the  extremely  vague  term  (  of  European  descent  * 
will  lead  t<>  difficulties,  and  will  require  definition 
by  the  courts.  The  Convention  must  have  been 
aware  of  this  probability.  It  was  indeed  impos- 
sible to  devise  a  term  which  was  at  once  compre- 
hensive and  free  from  ambiguity.  There  are 
many  gradations  between  pure  black  and  pure 
white.  The  members  of  the  Convention  presum- 
ably were  not  ready  to  say  in  so  many  words  that 
no  man,  who  could  be  proved  to  have  a  trace  of 
black  blood  in  him,  should  sit  in  Parliament. 
They  were  therefore  content  with  a  phrase  which, 
\\hile  its  final  interpretation  must  be  left  to  the 
fut  u iv,  \\ill  at  any  rate  secure  their  main  purpose. 

The  South  African  public  are  right  in  treating 
the  question  of  the  franchise  as  of  fundamental 
importance.  It  goes  to  the  roots  of  society.  A 
man's  opinion  upon  it  must  inevitably  depend 
upon  the  view  which  he  holds  on  the  whole  rela- 
tion between  white  men  and  black.  On  this 
great  question  there  is  yet  no  settled  opinion  in 
South  Africa  and  time  must  be  given  it  to  make 
up  its  mind.  The  most  diverse  views  are  held  as 
t<>  tiu-  future  place  of  the  black  man  in  the  social 


110    THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

organism  of  the  country.  One  school  advocates 
the  policy  of  segregation.  It  holds  that  natural 
tendencies  will  always  separate  the  two  races  and 
that  Government  should  actively  encourage  tin-in 
by  settling  the  black  population  in  the  lower  and 
warmer  regions  of  the  country,  in  which  the  white 
man  does  not  flourish,  while  reserving  the  high  veld 
for  the  white  races.  An  essential  of  this  policy  is 
that  the  natives  should  be  left  in  possession  of  the 
land  in  those  parts  of  the  country  which  are  set 
apart  for  them,  a  condition  to  which  many  white 
men  would  strongly  object.  To  many,  again,  it 
appears  doubtful  whether  complete  segregation 
can  ever  be  reached,  though  they  have  before 
them  in  Basutoland  and  Bechuanaland  indications 
that  the  development  of  the  Kaffir  is  sounder 
when  he  is  removed  as  far  as  may  be  from  contact 
with  the  white  man.  Others  are  opposed  to  the 
whole  idea.  They,  believe  that  the  two  races, 
if  not  destined  in  the  far  distant  future  to  form 
one,  must  at  least  make  up  their  minds  that 
they  have  to  live  together,  and  that  the  sooner 
this  fact  is  faced  the  better.  They  demand  that 
any  tentative  attempts  at  segregation  such  as 
the  maintenance  of  the  protectorates  of  Basuto- 
land and  Bechuanaland  should  be  forthwith 
abandoned.  If  this  view  is  correct,  somehow 
or  other  some  place  in  the  social  organism  must 
be  found  for  the  black  man.  Crude  repression 
and  sentimentalism  will  both  fail.  The  Kaffir 
cannot  be  treated  either  as  an  equal  or  as  a  child. 


x  THENATI\I>  111 

Mm  in  the  complexity  of  modern  civilization  it 
must  be  confessed  that  at  present  he  IB  more  of 
a  child  than  a  man.  With  the  exception  of 
a  very  limited  number  of  educated  natives,  the 
Kaffirs  have  not  the  vaguest  idea  of  what  parlia- 
mentary government  means.  They  have  never 
heard  of  the  franchise  and  do  not  want  it.  The 
••nt  Britons  of  Caesar's  time  would  be  more 
capable  of  understanding  the  British  Constitution 
of  to-day  than  the  Kaffirs  of  giving  an  explanation 
of  the  South  Africa  Act. 

Thus  the  backwardness  of  the  Kaffirs  and  the 
divided  opinion  of  white  men  are  both  arguments 
for  deliberation.  No  immediate  solution  can  be 
expected,  and  the  pitfalls  into  which  other  countries 
have  fallen  demonstrate  the  need  of  the  utmost 
caution. 

The  remaining  important  question  relates  to 
the  future  administration  of  the  protectorates 
of  Basutoland,  Bechuanaland,  and  Swaziland. 
Hitherto  they  have  been  governed  by  the  High 
Commissioner  on  behalf  of  the  Imperial  Govern* 
mm!.  Their  administration  has  been  successful. 
The  natives  are  satisfied  and  do  not  wish  for  any 
change.  In  Basutoland  at  any  rate  they  are 
rapidly  advancing  in  wealth,  and  are  acquiring  the 
first  elements  of  civilization  under  happier  auspices 
than  elsewhere,  for  their  seclusion  helps  them  to 
resist  the  worst  vices  of  the  white  man.  But  in 
time  it  is  inevitable  that  the  government  of  thsje 
countries  should  be  entrusted  to  the  people  of 


112     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

South  Africa.  In  the  opinion  of  the  Imperial 
Government  the  present  moment  was  proper  for 
the  determination  of  the  conditions  upon  which  the 
ultimate  transference  of  the  administration  of  these 
countries  should  take  place,  and  it  was  therefore  both 
the  right  and  the  duty  of  the  Imperial  Parliament 
to  see  that  safeguards  sufficient  to  secure  good 
government  were  inserted.  The  protectorates  are 
different  both  in  their  physical  characteristics,  and 
in  the  races  which  inhabit  them.  Basutoland  is 
a  rich  but  mountainous  country.  It  is  thickly 
populated  by  a  warlike  and  energetic  race.  Bechu- 
analand  on  the  other  hand  is  a  dry  flat  bushy 
country,  a  large  part  of  it  desert,  and  its  inhabitants 
have  neither  the  energy  nor  the  capacity  of  the 
Basutos.  No  white  man  is  allowed  to  acquire 
land  or  settle  permanently  in  Basutoland  or  the 
Bechuanaland  Protectorate.  Swaziland  is  in  its 
physical  characteristics  more  akin  to  Basutoland, 
but  in  reality  presents  a  problem  entirely  different. 
For  two-thirds  of  Swaziland  now  belong  to  white 
men.  The  white  population  is  growing,  and  in 
time  to  come  it  will  be  impossible  to  govern 
Swaziland  as  if  it  were  a  purely  native  country. 

For  the  present,  however,  the  Imperial  Govern- 
ment has  thought  it  well  to  treat  all  three 
countries  on  the  same  footing.  It  has  recognized 
that  when  the  day  of  transfer  comes,  there  must 
be  no  sudden  transition  in  the  form  of  government. 
The  place  of  the  High  Commissioner  will  be  taken 
by  the  Prime  Minister,  assisted  by  a  Commission, 


x  THE  NATIVES  113 

constituted  very  much  on  the  lines  of  the  India 
Conm-il.  In  all  probability  tho  existing  form  of 
ad  in  i  lustration  will  continue  almost  unchanged. 
All  native  authorities  are  agreed  in  the  opinion 
that  personal  government  of  some  form  or  other 
affords  the  best  hope  of  the  successful  administra- 
tinn  of  native  territories.  A  native  cannot  under- 
stand why  his  rulers  should  be  constantly  changing, 
as  they  do  under  responsible  government.  H< 
has  no  sooner  learnt  to  look  up  to  one  man  as  his 
ruler  than  he  finds  another  in  his  place.  The 
Commission  will  ^i\<  the  new  form  of  government 
the  very  necessary  characteristic  of  permanence. 
Safeguards  for  seeurin^  to  the  natives  their  land, 
and  for  prohibiting  the  sale  of  liquor  have  been 
properly  inserted.  The  Protectorates  are  not 
secured  in  the  Act  against  the  imposition  by  the 
Union  of  hostile  tariffs  or  high  transit  duties. 
But  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  they  will 
not  be  as  fairly  dealt  with  in  the  future  as  they 
have  been  in  the  pa- 
It  is  quite  possible  that  some  time  may  elapse 
before  the  transfer  of  any  of  these  territories. 
Before  any  such  step  is  taken,  the  Imperial 
Government  will  have  to  be  clear  that  it  is 
desirable.  But  eventually  it  must  be  taken,  and 
wluMi  that  day  comes,  the  provisions  of  the  Act 
will  fully  safeguard  the  interests  of  the  natives. 


BIAND 


CHAPTER  XT 

GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  ON  THE 
CONSTITUTION 

THE  most  striking  characteristic,  perhaps,  of 
the  Constitution  is  its  trust  in  the  future.  In 
other  countries  people  and  states  have  usually 
been  most  loth  to  part  with  one  tittle  of  their 
independence  or  individuality,  and  constitutions 
have  for  the  most  taken  the  form  of  very  definite 
contracts  of  partnership  setting  forth  in  precise 
language  exactly  what  each  partner  surrenders 
and  what  he  retains.  The  partners  have  generally 
been  full  of  suspicion  both  of  one  another  and  of 
the  new  Government  which  they  were  creating. 
There  is  little  of  this  spirit  in  the  South  Africa 
Act.  The  people  of  South  Africa  are,  in  General 
Smuts's  words,  called  upon  to  pool  their  patriotism 
as  well  as  their  material  resources.  Undoubtedly 
there  are  plenty  of  compromises,  but  they  are  for 
the  most  part  of  a  temporary  nature,  intended  like 
wheels  for  an  aeroplane,  to  enable  the  unitary  ship 
of  state  to  get  fairly  started  on  its  way.  They  do 
not  jeopardize  first  principles.  The  spirit  of  trust 
in  the  new  government  to  be  created  is  evident  in 
every  part  of  the  Act.  Its  most  striking  mani- 
festation is  in  the  principle  of  the  supremacy  of 
Parliament ;  but  it  is  apparent  also  in  the  willing- 
ness of  the  colonies  to  assent  to  the  complete 


\i  GENERAL  REFLECTIONS  115 

repeal  of  their  present  constitutions  ;    in  the  po\\er 

granted  to  Parliament  to  recreate  the  Senate  in 
any  form  it  likes  at  the  end  of  ten  yean ;  in  the 
deter  n  11  to  leave  the  supremely  important 

question  of  the  financial  relations  between  the 
central  government  and  the  provinces  to  be  settled 
by  Parliament.  The  Constitution  breathes  also 
a  new  spirit  of  trust  between  the  two  dominant 
u  lute  races.  In  the  future  there  is  to  be  equality 
of  opportunity.  '  Equal  rights  *  are  to  apply, 
not  only  to  votes,  but  to  language  also.  The 
Constitution  carefully  avoids  any  suspicion  of  the 
dominance  of  one  race  over  another.  It  was  even 
decided  to  return  to  the  name  '  Orange  Free 
State  ',  which  is  so  dear  to  the  hearts  of  the  Boers 
of  that  colony.  Whatever  their  opinions  may 
have  been  in  the  past,  South  Africans  are  fairly 
well  agreed  that  in  the  future  equality  is  the 
only  road  to  peace.  They  recognize  that  the 
two  races,  equal  as  they  are  in  number  and  in 
influence,  must  live  together.  Neither  can  hope 
to  attain  an  ascendancy  over  the  other.  The 
best  that  can  be  done  is  to  remove  all  causes 
of  bitterness  and  distrust  and  to  leave  the  issue 
to  the  incalculable  forces  of  the  future.  No  one 
supposes  that  in  the  future  racial  antagonisms  will 
cease  to  cause  political  strife,  or  that  bilingualism 
will  ever  be  anything  but  a  curse.  But  racialism 
need  no  longer  be  the  dominant  issue  in  politics,  and, 
that  once  gained,  the  rest  may  ultimately  follow. 
An  eminent  historian  has  remarked  that  *  the 

H  2 


116     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

success  of  most  great  political  operations  will,  if 
narrowly  examined,  be  found  to  consist  in  the 
fact  that  they  are  carefully  circumscribed  in  scope 
and  divested  of  embarrassing  and  inflammatory 
matter  \  The  South  African  Union  will  probably 
be  a  testimony  to  the  truth  of  this  saying.  The 
Constitution  is  lengthy ;  sometimes  it  descends 
into  minute  detail.  Nevertheless,  all  its  pro- 
visions are  strictly  germane  to  its  great  object. 
It  sets  up  a  framework  of  union  ;  it  creates  a 
government  strong  enough  to  cope  with  the 
harassing  problems  which  afflict  the  country,  but 
it  wisely  makes  no  attempt  to  settle  those  problems 
itself.  The  question  of  the  franchise,  including 
the  native  franchise,  a  premature  settlement  of 
which  at  this  stage  must  indubitably  have  wrecked 
union,  is  left  in  statu  quo  ;  the  problem  of  Asiatic 
immigration  is  not  mentioned  ;  no  attempt  is  made 
to  bring  about  uniformity  in  taxation  or  in  law. 
Its  fundamental  provisions  are  framed  on  broad 
and  simple  lines,  and  no  extraneous  questions 
are  raised  to  distract  public  attention  from  the 
main  issue. 

Other  striking  aspects  of  the  document  are  its 
modernity  and  its  curious  mixture  of  conservatism 
with  democracy.  It  is  not  '  advanced '  after  the 
fashion  of  the  Australian  Constitution.  '  The 
people '  are  mentioned  but  once,  and  then  only 
casually  in  a  somewhat  unimportant  financial 
provision  adopted  verbally  from  the  Common- 
wealth Act.  The  constitution  of  the  Senate  is 


M  GENERAL   REFLECTIONS  117 

essentially  undemocratic.    On  the  other  hand,  the 
enshrines   some   of   the   latest   devices    of 
democracy,  such  as  4one  vote  one  value',  auto- 
matic redint  11  inn  ;..!!,  and  proportional  representa- 
tion—devices which  the   Prime   Minister  of  the 
Cape  Colony,  to   whom   advanced  democrat 
personally  abhorrent,  has  elegantly  described  as 
iculous  democratic  ideas9  and  'mischievous 
jim-jams  '. 

It  is  the  spirit  of  a  people  and  the  wisdom  of 
their  leaders  which  determines  the  success  or 
failure  of  any  instrument  of  government.  The 
South  African  people,  few  as  they  are  in  number, 
are  composed  of  diverse  elements.  The  popula- 
tinn  of  the  towns,  particularly  Johannesburg,  is 
mercurial  in  its  temperament.  If  the  share- 
market  is  cheerful,  Johannesburg  troubles  itself 
little  about  its  government.  If  it  is  depressed 
there  is  nothing  which  it  does  not  criticize.  In 
the  gloomy  times  of  !!><  4  it  was  said  that  if  a  man 
had  a  bad  hand  at  bridge  he  cursed  Lord  Milner. 
There  is  no  place  in  which  a  more  sudden  and 
violent  agitation  can  be  raised.  Nevertheless,  the 
town  population  is  composed  of  sound  elements, 
democratic,  progressive,  conciliatory,  and  anxious 
for  good  and  clean  government.  It  can  be  trusted 
in  the  future  staunchly  to  support  the  well-tried 
methods  of  British  administration.  Dutch  political 
idaao,  on  the  other  hand,  are  different.  In  the 
Transvaal  one  might  almost  say  that  the  clan 
system  still  lingered,  with  all  its  virtues  and  faults. 


118     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 

The  Boers  are  democratic,  but  not  in  the  modern 
manner.  Their  passion  for  independence  and 
self-government  is  equalled  by  their  detestation  of 
licence.  They  look  for  a  leader  who  is  worthy  of 
their  confidence,  and,  having  found  him,  they  are 
content  to  leave  all  ordinary  matters  of  govern- 
ment to  him.  Such  a  method  of  government, 
impossible  as  it  would  be  in  any  but  a  com- 
paratively simple  community,  has  the  conspicuous 
merits  which  historians  tell  us  are  to  be  found 
in  a  benevolent  despotism  or  the  German  tribal 
system.  But  in  this  form  of  government  every- 
thing depends  on  the  qualities  of  the  leaders. 
The  despot  must  be  wise  as  well  as  benevolent. 
Therefore  it  is  sincerely  to  be  hoped  that  those 
statesmen  who  have  earned  the  confidence  of 
the  people  of  the  Transvaal,  and  whom  popular 
rumour  credits  with  the  larger  share  in  the  work 
of  the  national  Constitution,  may  equally  earn 
the  confidence  of  all  South  Africa,  and  help  to 
shape  her  destinies  during  the  forthcoming  critical 
years.  But,  whatever  the  future,  one  may  predict 
that  it  will  be  long  before  South  Africa  suffers  from 
those  political  excesses  to  which  the  city  democracy 
of  to-day  is  prone,  and  for  the  simple  reason 
that  the  whole  white  population  is  itself  an  aris- 
tocracy ruling  as  inferiors  the  subject  and  vastly 
larger  Bantu  population.  In  such  a  society  every 
white  man  is  a  member  of  a  superior  race,  and 
where  the  proletariat  is  black,  extreme  democracy 
will  never  thrive. 


CHAPTER  X 1 1 

THE  FUTURE  OF  PARTIES 

IN  his  book  on  Canada  Mr.  Goldwin  Smith 
makes  the  following  remark  :  '  The  absence  in  the 
debate  on  Confederation  of  any  attempt  to  fore- 
oast  the  composition  and  action  of  Federal  parties 
t.t tally  detracts  from  the  value  of  the  discussion. 
iiBtralia  or  any  other  group  of  colonies  thinks 
of  following  the  example  of  Canada,  a  forecast, 
as  definite  as  the  nature  of  the  case  will  permit, 
\nieral  parties  will  be  at  least  as  essential  to 
the  formation  of  a  right  judgement  as  the  know- 
ledge of  anything  relating  to  the  machinery  of  the 
Constitution/ 

Whatever  one  may  think  of  this  sweeping  state- 
ment, it  is  no  doubt  interesting  to  reflect  on  the 
probable  future  of  parties  in  South  Africa  during 
ill*-  next  few  years.  At  the  same  time  to  make 
a  prediction  of  any  value  is  a  matter  of  extreme 
difficulty.  One  can  but  indicate  possibilities. 
For  what  principles  are  parties  likely  to  stand  ? 
Where  will  the  dividing  line  be  drawn  ?  What 
are  the  questions  which  will  be  fought  out  in 
tin  political  arena?  The  observer  who  takes  the 
past  as  his  guide  will  notice  the  strong  tendency 
in  South  Africa  towards  the  two-party  system. 
!imy  ignore  in  his  inquiry  Natal  and  the  Orange 
River  Colony.  The  population  there  is  too  small 
and  homogeneous  and  the  preponderance  of  one 
of  thr  white  races  over  the  other  too  marked  to 


120     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     OIL 

afford  scope  for  proper  party  divisions.  In  the 
Cape  Colony,  however,  groups  have  never  been 
powerful  and  Parliament  has  usually  been  divided 
into  two  well-defined  parties.  Responsible  govern- 
ment has  brought  about  a  similar  result  in  the 
Transvaal.  There  is  every  likelihood,  therefore,  of 
the  two-party  system  continuing.  Independents 
are  not  popular,  and  it  will  be  long  before  the  labour 
party  can  throw  much  weight  into  the  scale. 

In  the  past  the  two  parties  have  found  their 
main  line  of  cleavage  in  race.  The  Progressives 
in  the  Cape  and  the  Transvaal  are  the  British 
parties ;  the  Bond  and  Het  Volk  are  the  Dutch  par- 
ties. There  are  Englishmen  in  the  Dutch  parties 
and  Dutchmen  in  the  British,  but  these  are 
the  exceptions  which  prove  the  rule.  It  is  gener- 
ally taken  for  granted  that  the  first  elections  will 
follow  broadly  the  present  line  of  cleavage.  It  is 
assumed  that  existing  party  organizations  will  be 
maintained,  and  that  the  Dutch  parties,  the  Unie 
in  the  Orange  River  Colony,  Het  Volk  in  the 
Transvaal,  and  the  Bond  in  the  Cape  Colony,  will 
be  found  on  the  same  side,  while  the  majority  in 
Natal  will  range  itself  on  the  side  of  the  Pro- 
gressives in  the  Transvaal  and  Cape  Colony. 
Certainly  such  a  result  would  seem  to  be  only 
natural,  if  only  because  the  natural  tendency  of 
existing  party  organizations  will  be  to  exert 
a  strong  force  in  that  direction.  It  would  be 
absurd,  too,  to  suppose  that  the  racial  division 
between  British  and  Dutch,  which  permeates  the 


xii          THE    FUTURE  OF  PARTIES         121 

whole  life  of  the  country,  in  language  aa  well  aa 
religion,  and  which  muat  colour  the  conaideration 
v  important  political  queationa,  will  be  at 
once  obliterate l.  It  muat  play  a  large  part  in 
party  division*  for  a  long  time  to  come.  Thia  ia 
all  the  more  certain  from  the  fact  that  the  racial 
ion  \\ill  mcide  roughly  \vith  the  line  of 
cleavage  between  town  and  country,  which  ia  at 
present  perhaps  the  next  most  fundamental  «. 
MOM  in  the  social  and  political  life  of  the  country. 

Yet  the  possibility  of  some  grouping  of  parties 
not  on  present  lines  should  not  be  dismissed  aa 
inconceivable.  According  to  the  Constitution,  th<- 
first  act  of  the  Governor-General  must  be  to  send 
for  a  leading  South  African  statesman  to  form 
a  miniMrv,  and  he  must,  it  would  seem,  make  his 
selection  from  the  parties  at  present  in  office. 
ii  will  (It  pt  IK!  on  his  choice  of  persons.  The 
statesman  \\hom  he  summons  will  have  more 
than  one  alternative  before  him.  He  may  aim 
first  at  forming  a  coalition  ministry,  containing 
the  leaders  of  both  races;  and  there  is  much  to 
be  said  for  such  a  course. 

The  Constitution  imposes  an  immense  burden 
upon  the  first  Union  Government,  and  few  even 
in  South  Africa  realize  the  greatness  of  the  task. 
The  Constitution  itself  is  but  a  skeleton,  and  its 
bones  must  be  clothed  with  flesh.  The  first  yean 
after  Union  will  therefore  be  critical  for  the  South 
African  nat  A  Government  is  needed  which 

ia  resolutely  determined  to  look  with  a  single  eye 


122      THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     tiftt 

to  the  progress  and  development  of  the  country, 
and  which  is  strong  enough  to  ignore  personal 
differences,  and  to  deal  with  the  many  problems 
before  it  with  absolute  impartiality,  and  without 
reference  to  race.  Certainly  it  would  seem  that 
only  a  coalition  Government  is  likely  to  be  able 
to  carry  such  a  policy  into  practice.  It  alone 
would  start  without  bias  towards  either  side. 
Failing  a  coalition,  it  may  be  difficult  to  avoid 
some  recrudescence  of  racial  feeling.  But  this  is 
exactly  what  the  best  men  on  both  sides  wish  to 
avoid.  Not  only  would  it  undo  much  of  the  work 
of  the  last  two  years,  but  it  would  stereotype 
present  racial  divisions,  and  make  the  attainment 
of  any  healthier  composition  of  parties  more 
difficult.  But  there  are  weighty  arguments  on 
the  other  side  also.  In  the  first  place  in  any 
coalition  each  party  must  go  in  on  fair  and  equal 
terms.  This  may  well  be  impossible  to  arrange. 
Then  a  coalition  may  come  to  grief,  if  it  is  not 
founded  on  true  community  of  aim.  Any  such 
breakdown  must  intensify  rather  than  mitigate 
racial  divisions.  Again,  all  experience  goes  to 
show  that  the  health  of  Parliamentary  Govern- 
ment is  damaged  by  coalitions.  A  strong  opposi- 
tion is  as  essential  to  the  working  of  the  Parlia- 
mentary machine  as  a  strong  Government.  In 
the  building  up  of  a  new  nation  both  a  strong 
Government  and  a  strong  opposition  are  needed, 
and  whichever  party  is  in  power,  criticism,  honest 
but  keen,  is  essential.  With  a  coalition  there 


xii          Mil     FUTURE  OF  PARTIES 

u  < Mild  be  a  risk  of  the  settlement  of  vital  question* 
l'\  unsatisfactory  compromises,  entered  into  by 
the  leaders  of  both  sides  without  any  sufficient 
public  discussion. 

1 1 ,  for  whatever  reason,  a  coalition  Government 
is  not  formed,  the  prospective  I' 
must  choose  his  cabinet  from  his  own  party  and 
the  partieH  in  sympathy  \\ith  him.  This  may  be 
no  easy  matter.  In  the  first  place,  he  will  have 
it  most  one  party  under  his  command,  that, 
namely,  in  his  own  colony.  He  will  have  to 
negotiate  with  the  others  in  the  remaining  colonies, 
just  as  one  independent  nation  negotiates  with 
another.  Ami  there  are  many  delicate  matters  to 
be  settled,  such  as  the  distribution  of  portfolios 
between  the  colonies,  and  the  use  to  be  made  of 
t  hr  considerable  amount  of  patronage  in  the  shape 
of  Administratorships  and  Commissionerships, 
\\hirh  the  Government  will  have  at  its  bestowal. 

Furthermore,  the  parties  at  present  holding 
office,  just  as  other  parties,  undoubtedly  contain 
a  reactionary  aa  well  as  a  liberal  section,  and  the 
<  i .-ice  of  a  leader  and  a  programme  equally 
acceptable  to  both  may  be  difficult. 

Thus  the  task  of  the  man  who  is  called  upon  to 
t<>im  a  cabinet  will  be  no  easy  one.  It  the  differ- 
ences between  the  parties  in  the  different  colonies 
or  their  leaders  proved  deep-seated,  there  might 
be  considerable  difficulty  in  reconciling  them,  and 
in  forming  a  Government  fully  representative  of 
all  of  them.  Yet  such  an  outcome  is  perhaps 


124    THE  UNION   OF  SOUTH   AFRICA    CH. 

improbable,  since  the  forces  against  any  disruption 
will  be  strong.  Public  opinion  will  recognize  the 
rvil  of  starting  the  Union  with  a  hopelessly  weak 
Government,  and  certainly  no  Government  could 
last,  to  which  both  existing  parties,  whether  it  were 
in  the  Cape  Colony  or  the  Transvaal,  were  hostile. 
It  is  likely,  therefore,  that  the  first  cabinet  will  be 
<<>mposed  of  members  of  all  the  present  Govern- 
ments. What  its  programme  will  be  is  another 
matter,  and  will  depend  on  the  relative  strength  of 
the  influences  within  it.  The  elections  will  no  doubt 
be  held  as  soon  as  possible  after  the  formation  of 
the  Government.  It  is  useless,  however,  to  attempt 
to  forecast  their  result.  Much  will  depend  on  the 
personnel  of  the  Government  and  on  the  pro- 
grammes which  the  different  parties  put  forward. 
Looking,  however,  beyond  the  immediate  future, 
one  may  already  descry  questions  which  may  also 
help  towards  the  formation  of  other  party  com- 
binations. First  there  is  the  division  between 
town  and  country.  The  towns  will  bear  the  taxa- 
tion ;  the  country  will  want  the  money  to  spend. 
The  country  will  be  united  as  one  man  against  the 
taxation  of  landed  property  or  the  imposition  of 
any  burdens  upon  it.  The  country  will  generally 
be  conservative  and  the  towns  progressive.  The 
country  will  be  protectionist,  while  the  inland 
towns  at  any  rate  will  incline  to  free  trade.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  coast  towns,  thinking  that 
industrial  development  will  centre  there,  will 
favour  protection  against  imported  manufactures. 


\n  THE  FUTURE  OF  PARTIES          125 

In  this  expectation  they  may  be  mistaken. 
Modern  industry  generally  goes  where  there  is 
cheap  power.  Owing  to  the  abundance  of  coal 
and  the  conditions  of  the  mining  industry,  electric 
power  will  be  produced  more  cheaply  near  the 
Rand  than  almost  anywhere  in  the  world.  This 
is  a  factor  the  effect  of  which  may  in  timr  »>•• 
far-reaching.  The  country  again  will  as  a  whole 
probably  resist  the  active  encouragement  of 
immigration  ;  the  towns  will  favour  it.  Finally, 
there  must  be  reckoned  the  prejudice  with  which 
all  parts  of  South  Africa  view  the  Rand. 

Nevertheless,  although  there  will  undoubtedly 
always  be  differences  of  opinion  between  town 
and  country,  too  much  must  not  be  made  of  them. 
It  is  in  the  Transvaal  that  the  feeling  of  antago- 
nism among  the  rural  population  towards  tin- 
towns  was  strongest.  Yet  it  is  now  disappearing. 
In  the  old  days  before  the  war  there  was  a  great 
L'ulf  fixed  between  the  urban  and  rural  popula- 
tion. Under  the  dominance  of  President  Kruger's 
ideas,  and  incited  by  all  the  trouble  to  which  his 
methods  of  Government  led,  the  Boers  learnt  to 
hate  Johannesburg  and  its  population.  They  were 
quite  naturally  ready  enough  to  make  what  money 
they  could  out  of  the  Rand.  But  they  merely 
wished  to  squeeze  the  orange,  and  then  throw  it 
away.  Both  they  and  their  President  were  re- 
luctant to  admit  that  the  great  gold-mining 
industry  could  ever  be  of  any  permanent  value 
to  the  country.  Thus  between  town  and  country 


126     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

there  was  practically  no  intercourse.  Neither 
recognized  that  their  interests  were  in  reality 
identical,  and  the  progressive  elements  of  tin- 
t-owns had  no  opportunity  to  influence  the  intense 
conservatism  of  the  country.  Nowadays  all  is 
different.  The  farmers  have  awoken  to  the  value 
of  the  Rand  as  their  market,  and  the  Rand  sees 
that  its  interests  are  bound  up  with  the  general 
prosperity  of  the  country.  Mutual  knowledge 
and  intercourse  is  growing.  The  leaders  of  the 
mining  industry  have  shown  in  a  practical  manner 
their  desire  to  help  the  prosperity  of  agriculture, 
and  one  of  the  largest  agricultural  shows  in  South 
Africa  is  now  held  at  Johannesburg.  The  former 
contempt  for  the  application  of  science  to  agri- 
culture is  disappearing,  and  farmers  are  becoming 
keen  to  adopt  the  latest  methods.  All  these 
tendencies  will  help  to  draw  closer  together  the 
town  and  country  population,  and  what  is  true 
of  Johannesburg  is  in  a  measure  true  also  of  other 
towns  in  South  Africa. 

A  further  division  will  be  between  coast  and 
inland,  which  will  cut  across  any  division  between 
the  provinces  themselves.  For  a  short  time 
perhaps  provincial  feeling  may  be  strong,  but  any 
division  of  parties  based  upon  it,  being  unnatural, 
can  only  be  temporary.  The  interests  of  the 
northern  Cape  Colony,  for  instance,  are  identical 
with  those  of  the  Free  State  ;  the  interests  of 
Kimberley  with  those  of  the  Rand.  Transvaal 
statesmen  are  determined  to  avoid  the  lop-sided 


MI          THE  FUTURE  OF  PAKIIB8          127 

concentration  of  wealth  and  industry  in  great 
coastal  towns  which  characterizes  Australia,  and 
tii.-irdeteri!  -n  is  reflected  in  the  Constitution. 

Their  economic  p<>li<  \.  m  the  matter  of  customs 
duties,  railway  rates,  and  other  means  to  their 
hand,  will  be  to  foster  development  inland  and 
upon  the  coast  equally.  The  coast  towns  will 
probably  resent  what  they  may  deem  an  inter- 
ference with  natural  lawn.  Hut  if  regard  is  had  to 
thr  vast  mineral  wealth  in  the  interior,  whether 
gold,  coal,  or  iron,  there  is  every  probability  that 
the  policy  deserves  to  succeed  and  will  succeed. 

In  addition  to  other  questions  not  of  immediate 
importance,  such  as  the  antagonism  between 
capital  and  labour,  between  the  propertied  and 
non-propertied  classes,  in  a  struggle  between 
uhirh.  it  it  ever  became  acute,  there  would  be 
found  on  the  same  side  the  land-owners  and  the 
mine-owners,  there  remain  three  main  questions— 
the  native  question,  immigration,  and  the  public 
service — all  of  which  must  be  dealt  with  in  the 
near  future,  and  the  first  two  of  which  might 
cause  a  reconstruction  of  parties. 

Any  settlement  of  the  native  franchise  will 
raise  the  fiercest  passions.  No  government  will 
touch  it  until  they  are  compelled  to,  but,  as  it 
cannot  for  ever  be  left  in  its  present  anomalous 
position,  sooner  or  later  it  must  be  faced.  It  may 
result  in  quite  new  divisions  in  politics. 

The  encouragement  of  immigration,  with  which 
will  also  be  connected  the  proper  treatment  of  the 


128     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

indigent  whites,  who  are  now  being  bred  in  large 
numbers,  is  another  matter  of  the  first  importance 
if  the  white  races  are  to  make  headway  against 
the  black.  There  are  difficulties  in  the  way,  but 
they  can  be  overcome.  This  cause  will  rally  all 
those  who  are  in  favour  of  active  steps  being  taken 
to  increase  the  white  population.  It  will  probably 
be  taken  up  strongly  by  the  party  corresponding 
to  the  present  Progressive  parties,  and  be  resisted 
by  the  Dutch,  who,  notwithstanding  the  ease  with 
which  newcomers  become  South  Africans  in  spirit, 
have  not  yet  got  over  their  dislike  of  Uitlanders, 
and  by  those,  not  a  few  in  number,  whose  national 
patriotism  takes  the  narrow  form  of  a  belief 
in  South  Africa's  self-sufficiency  and  independence 
of  the  outside  world.  The  labour  party,  as  in 
Australia,  may  also  resist  any  policy  of  immigration. 
The  treatment  of  the  indigent  white  problem 
will  also  probably  divide  parties.  The  problem 
exists  in  practically  all  the  colonies,  particularly 
in  the  Transvaal  and  the  Cape  Colony.  The  causes 
which  have  led  to  the  growth  of  a  poor  white  class 
are  various.  They  were  graphically  described  in 
an  able  report  published  in  1907  by  the  Transvaal 
Indigency  Commission.  Perhaps  the  most  impor- 
tant cause  has  been  the  continuous  impoverishment 
of  the  poor  population  by  the  grant  of  Govern- 
ment doles.  Grants  of  money  or  cattle  or  land 
were  the  favourite  means  employed  by  President 
Kruger  of  helping  his  '  poor  burghers  '.  The  In- 
digency Commission  irrefragably  proved  the  hope- 


xii          THE  FUTURE  OF  PARTIES 

lessness  of  this  method  of  combating  the  evil  It 
IB  a  remedy  which  merely  aggravates  the  disease. 
Nevertheless  it  ia  one  to  which  the  popula- 
tion are  accustomed,  and  which  naturally  they 
believe  in  to  a  man.  The  temptation,  therefore, 
for  the  Government  to  relieve  for  the  time 
being  the  pressure  which  their  followers  bring  to 
bear  upon  them,  by  the  simple  expedient  of  pour- 
ing more  money  into  this  bottomless  pit,  is  strong. 
Indeed,  it  has  often  proved  too  strong. 

I:,  however,  tin  indigent  whites  are  not  to  in- 
crease and  multiply  in  the  future,  and  in  the 
present  are  to  be  rescued  from  their  pitiable  con- 
(1 1 1 1  o  n ,  t  he  proper  remedies  must  be  applied.  Doles 
will  only  demoralize  both  those  who  give  and  those 
who  receive.  On  political  grounds  alone  they  are 
open  to  the  strongest  objection.  But  these  are 
principles  which  may  appear  hard  to  the  party 
u  hi.-h  by  means  of  manhood  suffrage  the  indigent 
whites  are  enabled  to  do  something  to  support. 

The  question  of  the  public  service,  the  main- 
tenance of  its  purity  and  the  manner  of  its  re- 
cniitiiu'nt,  will  require  to  be  faced  by  the  Union 
Parliament  almost  at  once.  Every  party  is 
equally  concerned  in  its  purity,  but  they  will 
probably  differ  as  to  the  means  to  secure  it. 
Those  representing  the  present  Progressive  parties, 
if  true  to  their  traditions,  will  demand  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  independent  Commission,  somewhat  on 
Australian  lines,  to  determine  recruitment  and 
even  promotion.  Another  large  party  will  pro- 


130   THE   UNION   OF   SOUTH  AFRICA 

bably  favour  the  retention  by  the  Government  of 
freedom  in  these  matters.  In  the  eyes  of  a  large 
section  of  the  Dutch  a  Government  is  not  worthy 
of  its  name  unless  it  can  make  appointments  of  its 
own  free  will,  and  find  posts  for  its  friends  and 
supporters.  The  question  is  one  of  the  utmost 
importance.  The  pernicious  '  spoils  system '  is 
ruinous  to  any  country.  It  is  a  danger  of  a  pecu- 
liarly insidious  nature  and  one  to  which  South 
Africa  may  for  various  reasons  be  considered 
prone.  Signs  are  not  wanting  that  the  danger  is 
even  now  far  from  imaginary.  A  sound  law  pro- 
tecting the  Government  from  itself  will  be  required 
if  the  high  traditions  of  British  Civil  Services 
throughout  the  world  are  to  be  maintained. 

From  this  short  survey  it  is  clear  that  there 
will  be  opportunities  in  future  for  parties  to 
form  themselves  on  lines  which  will  blur  and 
may  eventually  obliterate  the  racial  cleavage. 
Pessimists  no  doubt  will  say,  it  must  be  admitted 
with  some  plausibility,  that  nothing  will  split  the 
Dutch,  or  unite  the  British.  But  though  this  has 
been  so  in  the  past,  circumstances  are  now  so 
changed  that  the  future  may  be  very  different. 
There  is  in  all  countries  a  natural  division 
between  the  influences  of  reaction  and  progress, 
of  conservatism  and  liberalism.  In  South  Africa 
these  influences  have  hitherto  never  had  room 
to  grow  naturally.  But,  as  elsewhere,  they  exist, 
and  in  time  they  will  prove  themselves  to  be 
stronger  and  more  lasting  than  any  other. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

SOUTH  AFRICA  AND  THE  EMPIRE 

GREAT  empires  are  welded  together  by  pressure 
from  without.  Particularly  in  an  empire  whose 
parts  lie  scattered  over  the  four  seas  some  such 
pressure  is  needed  to  bring  home  to  the  ordinary 
riti/.en  the  weakness  of  disunion.  In  this  way  it 
may  happen  that  the  external  dangers  now 
threatening  the  British  Empire  will  knit  together 
in  a  more  real  union  the  nations  which  it  embraces. 
Just  as  the  British  Empire  could  never  have 
«>nie  into  being  but  for  Great  Britain's  conm 
"of  the  sea,  so  it  will  disappear  the  moment  tint 

emacy    is    lost.     With    the    fpnwth    tf   tfrg 

•nun    and     American     n 
Taecome  clear  not  only  to  the  people  of  Great 

iin  but  to  those  of  the  great  self-governing 
colonies  as  well.  It  is  not  less  vital  to  them  than 
to  Great  Britain.  Not  only  has  Canada  to  guard 
a  frontier  of  thousands  of  miles,  but  if  she  relies 
on  her  own  strength  she  is  defenceless  against  Un- 
American,  or,  indeed,  any  other  fleet.  Similarly 

Australians,  separated  by  the  breadth  of  tl it- 
world  from  their  European  home,  are  menaced  in 
their  far  away  southern  seas  by  the  overshadow- 
ing danger  of  the  yellow  races.  South  Africa 
appears  at  first  sight  to  be  more  fortunate.  But 

i  a 


132     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

in  reality  there  is  no  part  of  the  Empire  to  which 
Great  Britain's  supremacy  at  sea  is  more  vital. 

South  Africa  cannot  live  apart  from  the  world. 
In  the  first  place  she  depends  for  her  prosperity 
on  the  export  of  her  minerals.  If  a  hostile  power 
were  in  command  of  the  sea,  the  risks  to  the  safe 
carriage  of  raw  gold  and  diamonds  from  Johannes- 
burg and  Kimberley  would  be  so  enormous  that 
the  mines  would  probably  have  to  stop  working. 
That  would  be  a  calamity  not  only  to  the  Treasury 
and  to  the  populations  of  the  great  towns,  but 
to  the  farmers,  who  look  to  the  latter  as  their  only 
market.  The  country's  whole  industrial  and 
agricultural  life  would  come  to  a  sudden  stop. 

Then  again,  Simon's  Bay  is  still,  notwithstanding 
the  Suez  Canal,  one  of  the  most  important  naval 
stations  in  the  world,  the  Gibraltar  of  the  southern 
hemisphere.  Its  retention  by  South  Africa  is 
only  secure  so  long  as  Great  Britain's  supremacy 
at  sea  is  unchallenged.  If  that  were  lost  it  would 
not  be  a  difficult  matter  for  a  great  power  to  seize 
the  peninsula  stretching  from  Simon's  Town  to 
Cape  Point  and  make  it  impregnable  against 
attack  from  land. 

Furthermore,  South  Africa  depends  on  imports 
almost  as  largely  as  Great  Britain.  With  the 
British  fleet  destroyed  it  would  be  easy  to  blockade 
the  few  British  South  African  ports  and  throttle 
all  trade,  whether  import  or  export. 

It  is  clear  indeed  that  no  country  is  more  depen- 
dent on  sea-power.  Moreover,  South  Africans 


xra   SOUTH  AFRICA  AND  THE  EMPIRE 

keep  in  miii'I  that  there  are  other  European  powers 
besides  Great  Britain  interested  in  their  country, 
and  near  neighbours  to  them.  They  bear  no 
grudge  against  them,  but  they  recognize 
it  would  be  foolish  to  ignore  the  possibility  of 
war  between  one  or  other  of  them  and  Great 
Britain.  In  that  event  South  Africa's  position 
may  be  precarious,  for  she  would  seem  a  noble 
prize  for  any  power  ambitious  of  colonial  expan- 
sion. But  if  the  day  of  trial  ever  comas, 
South  Africa  will  show  to  the  world  that  her 

e  is  high. 

Meanwhile  these  possible  dangers  are  present 
to  the  minds  of  South  African  statesmen  and  are 
beginning  to  filter  through  the  public  consciousness. 
The  only  insurance  against  them  is  the  British  fleet. 
A  Soutli  African  republic,  independent  of  the 
-h  Kmpire,  would  be  defenceless.  Apart  from 
all  other  considerations,  there  is  in  the  necessity 
of  naval  defence,  therefore,  the  strongest  reason 
why  South  Africa  should  remain  a  part  of  tin- 
Empire.  But  there  are  other  forces  also  tending 
in  the  same  direction.  South  Africa  stands  to 
Lr  iin  more  than  perhaps  any  other  portion  of  the 
Empire  by  the  grant  of  preferential  treatment  to 
her  products.  Tobacco,  wine,  and  brandy,  which 
she  could  produce  in  vast  quantities,  and  of  a 
sound  quality,  are  articles  upon  which  it  would 
be  particularly  easy  for  Great  Britain  to  grant 
her  a  substantial  preference.  In  some  of  them 
she  would  certainly  be  able  to  compete  sue- 


134     THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA     CH. 

cessfully  with  other  countries.  Then  again  she 
could  produce  sufficient  maize  to  supply  the 
whole  market  of  Great  Britain,  which  imports 
from  other  countries  many  million  pounds 
worth  every  year.  South  Africa  has  for  the 
past  six  years  granted  a  preference  to  British 
goods.  The  grant  of  a  reciprocal  privilege 
would  be  of  great  value  both  materially  and 
as  a  means  of  strengthening  the  bonds  between 
the  two  countries. 

But  South  Africa  has  no  right  to  demand  any 
sacrifice  from  Great  Britain.  As  things  stand 
to-day,  she  has  much  the  best  of  the  bargain. 
The  Dutch  cannot  be  expected  to  be  grateful  for 
the  money  which  the  Imperial  Treasury  spent 
like  water  during  the  war,  but  the  British  are,  and 
most  reasonable  men  of  both  races  will  admit  that 
the  British  tax-payer  has  done  and  is  doing  his 
fair  share  towards  paying  the  price  of  union.  To- 
wards naval  defence  South  Africa  contributes 
practically  nothing.  She  is  assisted  by  Great 
Britain  in  land  defence  to  no  small  extent. 
Lastly,  Great  Britain  has  generously  pledged 
her  credit  to  the  extent  of  £40,000,000  on  behalf 
of  the  Transvaal.  The  South  African  tax-payer 
is  thereby  relieved  of  taxes  to  the  extent  of  several 
hundred  thousand  pounds  worth  a  year. 

There  are  no  corresponding  disadvantages  in 
the  Imperial  connexion  to  set  against  these  benefits. 
In  the  past  there  have  been  reasons  which  made 
it  impossible  for  the  Imperial  Government  to 


xm   SOUTH  AFRICA  AND  THE  EMPIRE    135 

abstain  from  interference  in  the  domestic  affairs 
of  the  country.  But  the  nation  has  now  grown 
to  maturity,  and  so  soon  as  it  is  prepared  to  take 
up  the  full  responsibility  for  its  internal  defence 
it  can  claim,  and  must  be  accorded,  the  same 
freedom  in  the  management  of  its  internal  affairs 
as  is  granted  to  Canada  and  Australia,  It  may 
seem  hard  to  one  class  of  politician  in 
^England  to  renounce  the  right  of  enunciating 
pica's  native  policy.  But  so  long  as  th< 
tions  of  the  South  African  Government  do  i 
conflict  with  Imperial  interests  and  are  in  <<>n- 
sonancc  with  the  humane  and  liberal  traditions  of 
Great  Britain,  such  interference  should  M..I  h. 
countenanced.  At  the  best  it  would  !••  nehVr- 
tive  as  it  would  be  irritating.  The  South  African 
people  must  of  necessity  decide  this  matter  for 
themselves.  It  may  with  confidence  be  left  to 
their  wisdom  and  judgement. 

Finally,  when  we  consider  that  the  British 
mpire  guarantees  to  South  Africa  not  only  liberty, 
lint  also  security,  a  combination  of  privileges  which 
-lie  could  possess  neither  as  an  in- 
power  nor  under  the  hegemony  of  any  other  empire, 
we  may  believe  with  confidence  that  to  the  invin- 
cible patriotism  of  the  British  section  of  the 
population  will  be  added  the  reasoned  attachment 
of  the  Dutch,  and  that  unless  some  cataclysm 
overtakes  the  Empire,  South  Africa  will  remain 
a  part  of  it  and  be  ready  to  take  a  full  shu 
responsibilities  as  well  as  its  privileges. 


APPENDIX 

SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1009. 

[9  EDW.  7.    CH.  0.) 

ARRANGEMENT  OP  SECTIONS.  A.EUW*. 

I.—  PRMUHDfABY. 

1.  Short    tit!,-. 

2.  Definitions. 

3.  Application  of  Act  to  King's  successors. 

II  .—  Tm  UNION. 

4.  Proclamation  of  Union. 

5.  Commencement  of  Act. 

6.  Incorporation  of  Colonies  into  the  Union. 

7.  Application  of  Colonial  Boundaries  Act,  Ac. 

I  II.—  EXBCUTiVB  GOVERNMENT. 

8.  Executive  power. 

9.  Governor-General. 

10.  Salary  of  Governor-General. 

11.  Application  of  Act  to  Governor-General. 

12.  Executive  Council 

13.  Meaning  of  Governor-General  in  Council. 

14.  Appointment  of  ministers. 

16.     Appointment  and  removal  of  officers. 

16.  Transfer  of  executive  powers  to  Governor-General 

in  Council. 

17.  Command  of  naval  and  military  forces. 

18.  Seat  of  Government. 


19.  Legislative  pp\v 

20.  Sessions  of  Parliament  . 

21.  Summoning  of  first  Parliam 

22.  Annual  session  of  Parliam. 

23.  Seat  of  Legislature. 


24.  Original  constitution  of  Senate. 

25.  Subsequent  constitution  of  Senate. 

26.  Qualifications  of  senators. 

27.  Appointment  and  tenure  of  office  of  President. 

28.  Deputy  President. 


138         SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  Section. 

29.  Resignation  of  senators. 

30.  Quorum. 

31.  Voting  in  the  Senate. 

House  of  Assembly. 

32.  Constitution  of  House  of  Assembly. 

33.  Original  number  of  members. 

34.  Increase  of  number  of  members. 

35.  Qualifications  of  voters. 

36.  Application  of  existing  qualifications. 

37.  Elections. 

38.  Commission  for  delimitation  of  electoral  divisions. 

39.  Electoral  divisions. 

40.  Method  of  dividing  provinces  into  electoral  divisions. 

41.  Alteration  of  electoral  divisions. 

42.  Powers   and   duties   of   commission   for   delimiting 

electoral  divisions. 

43.  Date  from  which  alteration  of  electoral  divisions  to 

take  effect. 

44.  Qualifications  of  members  of  House  of  Assembly. 

45.  Duration. 

46.  Appointment  and  tenure  of  office  of  Speaker. 

47.  Deputy  Speaker. 

48.  Resignation  of  members. 

49.  Quorum. 

50.  Voting  in  House  of  Assembly. 

Both  Houses  of  Parliament. 

51.  Oath  or  affirmation  of  allegiance. 

52.  Member    of    either    House    disqualified    for    being 

Member  of  the  other  House. 

53.  Disqualifications  for  being  a  member  of  either  House. 

54.  Vacation  of  seats. 

55.  Penalty  for  sitting  or  voting  when  disqualified. 

56.  Allowances  of  members. 

57.  Privileges  of  Houses  of  Parliament. 

58.  Rules  of  procedure. 

Powers  of  Parliament. 

59.  Powers  of  Parliament. 

60.  Money  Bills. 

61.  Appropriation  Bills. 

62.  Recommendation  of  money  votes. 

63.  Disagreements  between  the  two  Houses. 


9EDW.7]  SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909 

s,<-it,,n  A.D.itot. 

64.  Royal  Assent  to  Bill*. 

65.  Disallowance  of  Bill* 

66.  Reservation  ..f  Hills. 

67.  Signature  and  enrolment  of  AcU. 

V.— THI  PROVWCBS. 


68.  Appointment   and    tenure   of   office   of    provincial 

administrators. 

69.  Salaries  of  administrator!. 

Provincial  Councils. 

70.  Constitution  of  provincial  councils, 

71      (juuliti.  anon  of  provincial  councillors. 
72.    Applica  sections  53  to  56  to  provincial 

nllors. 

Tenure  of  office  by  provincial  councillor*. 

Sessions  of  provincial  councils. 

75.  Chairman  of  provincial  councils. 

76.  Allowances  of  provincial  councillors. 

77.  Freedom  of  speech  in  provincial  councils. 


Committees. 

78.  Provincial  executive  committees. 

79.  Right  of  administrator,  Ac.  to  take  part  in  pro- 

ceedings of  provincial  council. 

80.  Powers  of  provincial  executive  committees. 

81.  Transfer    of   power  to   provincial  executive    com- 

mittees. 

82.  Voting  in  executive  q ?•*•••*•  *fff 

83.  Tenure  of  office  by  members  of  executive  commit  tees. 

84.  Power  of  administrator  to  act  on  behalf  of  Governor- 

General  in  Council 

Powers  of  Provincial  Councils. 

85.  Powers  of  provincial  councils. 

86.  Effect  of  provincial  ordinances. 

87.  Recommendations  to  Parliament. 

88.  Power  to  deal  with  matters  proper  to  be  dealt  with 

by  private  Bill  legislati 

89.  Constitution  of  provincial  revenue  fund. 

90.  Assent  to  provincial  ordinances. 

i> 1      Effect  and  enrolment  of  ordinances. 


140         SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909  [9  EDW.  7 
Miscellaneous. 

A.D.  1909.  Section. 

92.  Audit  of  provincial  accoui 

93.  Continuation  of  powers  of  divisional  and  municipal 

councils. 

94.  Seats  of  Provincial  Government. 

VI.— THE  SUPREME  COURT  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA. 

95.  Constitution  of  Supreme  Court. 

96.  Appellate  Division  of  Supreme  Court. 

97.  Filling  of  temporary  vacancies  in  Appellate  Division . 

98.  Constitution  of  provincial  and  local  divisions^of 

Supreme  Court. 

99.  Continuation  in  office  of  existing  judges. 

100.  Appointment  and  remuneration  of  judges. 

101.  Tenure  of  office  by  judges. 

102.  Reduction  in  number  of  judges. 

103.  Appeals  to  Appellate  Division. 

104.  Existing  appeals. 

105.  Appeals  from  inferior  courts  to  provincial  divisions. 

106.  Provisions  as  to  appeals  to  the  King  in  Council,    i 

107.  Rules  of  procedure  in  Appellate  Division. 

108.  Rules  of  procedure  in  provincial  and  local  divisions. 

109.  Place  of  sittings  of  Appellate  Division. 

110.  Quorum  for  hearing  appeals. 

111.  Jurisdiction  of  Appellate  Division. 

112.  Execution  of  processes  of  provincial  divisions. 

113.  Transfer   of   suits   from   one   provincial   or   local 

division  to  another. 

114.  Registrar  and  officers  of  Appellate  Division. 

115.  Advocates  and  attorneys. 

116.  Pending  suits. 

VII. — FINANCE  AND  RAILWAYS. 

117.  Constitution  of  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  and 

Railway  and  Harbour  Fund. 

118.  Commission    of    inquiry  into    financial    relations 

between  Union  and  provinces. 

119.  Security  for  existing  public  debts. 

120.  Requirements  for  withdrawal  of  money  from  funds. 

121.  Transfer  of  colonial  property  to  the  Union. 

122.  ^  Crown  lands,  &c. 

123.  Mines  and  minerals. 

124.  Assumption  by  Union  of  colonial  debts. 


9EDW.7]  SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1009         141 

A.D.  1909. 


125.  PorU,  harbours,  and  railway*. 

126.  Constitution  of  Harbour  and  Railway  Board. 
Administration  of  railways,  ports,  and  harbours. 

128.  Establishment  of  fund  for  maintaining  uniformity 

of  railway  rates. 

129.  Management  of  railway  and  harbour  balances. 

130.  Construction  of  harbour  and  railway  works. 
Making  good  of  defidsnnies  in  Railway  Fur 

certain  ossco. 
132.    Controller  and  Auditor-General. 

Compensation  of  colonial  capitals  for  diminution  of 
prosjH'rity. 

\  1 1 1    -GENERAL. 

134.    Method  of  voting  for  senators,  Ac. 
136.    Continuation  of  existing  colonial  laws. 

136.  Free  trade  throughout  Union. 

137.  Equality  of  English  and  Dutch  languages. 

138.  Naturalisation 

139.  Administration  of  just 

140.  Existing  officers. 

141.  Reorganisation  of  public  departments. 

142.  Public  service  commission. 
Pensions  of  existing  officers. 

144.    Tenure  of  office  of  existing  officers. 
146.    Existing  officers  not  to  be  dismissed  for  ignorance 
of  English  or  Dutch. 

146.  Compensation   to   existing   officers  who   are   not 

retained. 

147.  Administration  of  native  affairs,  Ac. 

148.  Devolution  on  Union  of  rights  and  obligati 

under  conventions. 

IX. — NEW  PROVINCES  AND  TERRITORIES. 

149.  Alteration  of  boundaries  of  provinces. 

150.  Power  to  admit  into  Union  territories  admini 


by  British  South  Africa  Company. 

161.  Power  to  transfer  to  Union  government  of  native 

territories. 

X.— AMENDMENT  OF  ACT. 

162.  Amendment  of  Act. 

SCHEDULE. 


CHAPTER  9. 

A.D.  1909.  An  Act  to  constitute  the  Union  of  South  Africa. 

[20th  September  1909.] 

WHEREAS  it  is  desirable  for  the  welfare  and  future  pro- 
gress of  South  Africa  that  the  several  British  Colonies 
therein  should  be  united  under  one  Government  in  a  legis- 
lative union  under  the  Crown  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland : 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  make  provision  for  the 
union  of  the  Colonies  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Natal,  the 
Transvaal,  and  the  Orange  River  Colony  on  terms  and 
conditions  to  which  they  have  agreed  by  resolution  of 
their  respective  Parliaments,  and  to  define  the  executive, 
legislative,  and  judicial  powers  to  be  exercised  in  the 
government  of  the  Union : 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  make  provision  for  the 
establishment  of  provinces  with  powers  of  legislation  and 
administration  in  local  matters  and  in  such  other  matters 
as  may  be  specially  reserved  for  provincial  legislation  and 
administration : 

And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  provide  for  the  eventual 
admission  into  the  Union  or  transfer  to  the  Union  of  such 
parts  of  South  Africa  as  are  not  originally  included  therein  : 

Be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  King's  most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords 
Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present 
Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same, 
as  follows : — 

I. — PRELIMINABY. 

Short  1.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  South  Africa  Act,  1909. 

2.  In  this  Act,  unless  it  is  otherwise  expressed  or  im- 
ti'oriT.1"       plied,  the  words  "  the  Union  "  shall  be  taken  to  mean  the 
Union  of  South  Africa  as  constituted  under  this  Act,  and 


9  EDW.  7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          148 

the  words  ••  Houses  of  Parliament,"  "  HOOM  of  Parliament,"  A.OltOt. 
or  "  Parliament,"  •ball  be  taken  to  mean  the  Parliament  of 
the  Union. 

3.  The  provision*  of  tin*  Act  referring  to  the  Ring  shall 
extend    to   His    Majesty's   heirs  and    tneoessom   in    the 
sovereignty   of   the  United  Kingdom    of  Great  Britain 
and  Irelnn  i 

II.— TmUHioit. 

4.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Ring,  with  the  advice  of  the  Ptnri 
Privy  Council,  to  declare  by  proclamation  that,  on  and  Uafaa. 
after  a  day  therein  appointed,  not  being  later  than  one 
year  after  the  pawing  of  this  Act,  the  Colonies  of  the  Cape 

of  Good  Hope,  Natal,  the  Transvaal,  and  the  Orange  River 
Colony,  hereinafter  called  the  Colonies,  shall  be  united  in 
a  Legislative  Union  under  one  Government  under  the 
name  of  the  Union  of  South  Africa.  On  and  after  the 
day  appointed  by  such  proclamation  the  Government 
and  Parliament  of  the  Union  shall  have  full  power  and 
authority  within  the  limits  of  the  Colonies,  but  the  King 
may  at  any  time  after  the  proclamation  appoint  a  governor- 
general  for  the  Union. 

5.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  bhall,  unless  it  is  otherwise  COB- 
expressed  or  implied,  take  effect  on  and  after  the  day  so 
appointed. 

6.  The  colonies  mentioned  in  section  four  shall 
original  provinces  of  the  Union  under  the  names  of  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  Natal,  Transvaal,  and  Orange  Free  State,  as  *£»*• 
the  case  may  be.    The  original  provinces  shall  have  the 
same  limits  as  the  respective  colonies  at  the  establishment 

of  the  Union. 

7.  Upon  any  colony  entering  the  Union,  the  Colonial 
Boundaries  Act,  1895,  and  every  other  Act  applying  to  any  4*59 

of  the  Colonies  as  being  self-governing  colonies  or  colonies  c.  14.  ic. 
with  responsible  government,  shall  cease  to  apply  to  that 
colony,  but  as  from  the  date  when  this  Act  takes  effect 
every  such  Act  of  Parliament  shall  apply  to  the  Union. 


144          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  iw».  1 1 1.— EXECUTIVE  GOVERNMENT. 

Executive      8.  The  Executive  Government  of  the  Union  is  vested  in 

power.       the  King,  and  shall  be  administered  by  His  Majesty  in 

person  or  by  a  governor-general  as  His  representative. 
Governor-  9.  The  Governor-General  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
King,  and  shall  have  and  may  exercise  in  the  Union  during 
the  Ring's  pleasure,  but  subject  to  this  Act,  such  powers 
and  functions  of  the  King  as  His  Majesty  may  be  pleased 
to  assign  to  him. 

10.  There  shall  be  payable  to  the  King  out  of  the  Con- 
solidated  Revenue  Fund  of  the  Union  for  the  salary  of  the 
Governor-General  an  annual  sum  of  ten  thousand  pounds. 
The  salary  of  the  Governor-General  shall  not  be  altered 
during  his  continuance  in  office. 

Applica-  11.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  relating  to  the  Governor- 
Act  <to  General  extend  and  apply  to  the  Governor-General  for  the 
Governor-  time  being  or  such  person  as  the  King  may  appoint  to 
administer  the  government  of  the  Union.  The  King  may 
authorise  the  Governor-General  to  appoint  any  person  to 
be  his  deputy  within  the  Union  during  his  temporary 
absence,  and  in  that  capacity  to  exercise  for  and  on  behalf 
of  the  Governor-General  during  such  absence  all  such 
powers  and  authorities  vested  in  the  Governor-General  as 
the  Governor- General  may  assign  to  him,  subject  to  any 
limitations  expressed  or  directions  given  by  the  King; 
but  the  appointment  of  such  deputy  shall  not  affect  the 
exercise  by  the  Governor-General  himself  of  any  power  or 
function. 

Executive      12.  There  shall  be  an  Executive  Council  to  advise  the 

Council     Governor-General  in  the  government  of  the  Union,  and  the 

members  of  the  council  shall  be  chosen  and  summoned  by 

the  Governor-General  and  sworn  as  executive  councillors, 

and  shall  hold  office  during  his  pleasure. 

Meaning  of      13.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  referring  to  the  Governor- 
O^JUfin  General  in  Council  shall  be  construed  as  referring  to  the 
Council     Governor-General  acting  with  the  advice  of  the  Executive 
Council. 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          145 

14.  The  Governor-General    may  appoint  offioera    Dot 
exceeding  ten  in  number  to  administer  such  department*  ipgmfai 
of  State  of  the  Union  aa  the  Ctovenwr-General  in  Council  • 
may  establish ;   such  officers  •hall  bold  office  daring  tbe  " 
pleasure  of  tbe  Governor-General.    They  aball  be  membera 

of  tbe  Executive  Council  and  aball  be  tbe  King's  ministers 
of  State  for  tbe  Union.  After  tbe  first  general  election 
of  membera  of  tbe  Uouae  of  Assembly,  at  hereinafter  pro- 
vided, no  minister  shall  bold  office  for  a  longer  period 
than  three  months  unless  he  in  or  becomes  a  member  of 
either  House  of  Parliament. 

15.  The  appointment  and  removal  of  all  officers  of  tbe  Appofet- 
P ul. lie  service  of  tbe  Union  shall  be  vested  in  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  unless  tbe  appointment  is  delegated 

by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  or  by  this  Act  or  by 
a  law  of  Parliament  to  some  other  author 

16.  All  powers,  authorities,  and  functions  which  at  tbe  Traaafw 
o.staMishiiirnt   of   tho   Union  are   in   any    of   tho    Coloni.-*  't f .'*~  ' 
vested  in  the   Governor  or  in  the  Governor  in  Council, 

any  authority  of  the  Colony,  shall,  as  far  as  tbe  same 
continue  in  existence  and  are  capable  of  being  exercised 
after  the  establishment  of  the  Union,  be  vested  in  tbe 
Governor-General  or  in  the  Governor-General  in  Council, 
I  the  authority  exercising  similar  powers  under  tbe 
Union,  as  tbe  case  may  be,  except  such  powers  and  functions 
aa  are  by  this  Act  or  may  by  a  law  of  Parliament  be  vested 
in  some  other  authority. 

17.  The  command  in  chief  of  the  naval  and  military 
forces  within  the  Union  is  vested  in  the  King  or  in  the 
Governor-General  as  His  representative. 

18.  Save  aa  in  section  twenty-three  excepted,  F^^ria 
shall  be  the  seat  of  Government  of  the  Union. 

IV.— PARLIAMENT. 

19.  The  legislative  power  of  tbe  Union  shall  be  vested  in 
the  Parliament  of  the  Union,  herein  called  Parliament,  which 
shall  consist  of  the  King,  a  Senate,  and  a  House  of  Assembly. 


146          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1909.      20.  The  Governor-General  may  appoint  such  times  for 

S^dioQiof  holding  the  sessions  of  Parliament  as  he  thinks  fit,  and 

PAT!!*-       mav  aJao  from  time  to  time,  by  proclamation  or  otherwise, 

prorogue  Parliament,  and  may  in  like  manner  dissolve  the 

Senate  and  the  House  of  Assembly  simultaneously,  or  the 

House  of  Assembly  alone  :   provided  that  the  Senate  shall 

not  be  dissolved  within  a  period  of  ten  years  after  the 

establishment  of  the  Union,  and  provided  further  that  the 

dissolution  of  the   Senate  shall  not  affect   any   senators 

nominated  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council. 

Summon-       21.  Parliament  shall   be   summoned  to  meet  not  later 

ParUa-  ri   than  8*x  months  after  the  establishment  of  the  Union. 

meat.  22.  There  shall  be  a  session  of  Parliament  once  at  least 

•elision1  of  *n  everv  vear»  8O  ^at  a  Peri°d  °f  twelve  months  shall  not 
Parlia-       intervene  between  the  last  sitting  of  Parliament  in  one 

session  and  its  first  sitting  in  the  next  session. 
Scat  of          23.  Cape  Town  shall  be  the  seat  of  the  Legislature  of 

the  Union. 

Senate. 

Original         24.  For  ten  years  after  the  establishment  of  the  Union 
of""    ^e  constitution  of  the   Senate   shall,    in   respect  of  the 


Senate,      original  provinces,  be  as  follows  :— 

(i)  Eight  senators  shall  be  nominated  by  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  and  for  each  original  province 
eight  senators  shall  be  elected  in  the  manner 
hereinafter  provided  : 

(ii)  The  senators  to  be  nominated  by  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council  shall  hold  their  seats  for  ten 
years.  One-half  of  their  number  shall  be  selected 
on  the  ground  mainly  of  their  thorough  acquain- 
tance, by  reason  of  their  official  experience  or 
otherwise,  with  the  reasonable  wants  and  wishes 
of  the  coloured  races  in  South  Africa.  If  the  seat 
of  a  senator  so  nominated  shall  become  vacant, 
the  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  nominate 
another  person  to  be  a  senator,  who  shall  hold  his 
seat  for  ten  years  : 


9EDW.7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          147 


(iii)  After  the  patting  of  this  Act,  and  before  the  day  A.&IMS. 
appointed  for  the  establishment  of  the  Union,  the 
Governor  of  each  of  the  Colonies  shall  summon 
a  special  nitting  of  both  Houses  of  the  Legislature, 
and  the  two  Houses  sitting  together  as  one  body 
and  presided  over  by  the  Speaker  of  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  shall  elect  eight  persons  to  be 
senators  for  the  province.  Such  senators  shall 
hold  their  seats  for  ten  years.  If  the  seat  of 
a  senator  so  elected  shall  become  vacant,  the 
provincial  council  of  the  province  for  which  such 
senator  has  been  elected  shall  choose  a  person  to 
hold  the  seat  until  the  completion  of  the  period 
for  which  the  person  in  whose  stead  be  is  elected 
would  have  held  his  seat. 

25.  Parliament  may  provide  for  the  manner  in  which  SoU»- 
the  Senate  shall  be  constituted  after  the  expiration  of  ten  23X£2T" 
years,  and  unless  and  until  such  provision  shall  have  been  of  i 
made—- 
he provisions  of  the  last  preceding  section  with 
regard  to  nominated  senators  shall  continue  to 
have  effect ; 

)  eight  senators  for  each  province  shall  be  elected  by 
the  members  of  the  provincial  council  of  such 
province  together  with  the  members  of  the  House 
of  Assembly  elected  for  such  province.  Such 
senators  shall  hold  their  seats  for  ten  years  unless 
the  Senate  be  sooner  dissolved.  If  the  seat  of  an 
elected  senator  shall  become  vacant,  the  members 
of  the  provincial  council  of  the  province,  together 
with  the  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
elected  for  such  province,  shall  choose  a  person 
to  hold  the  seat  until  the  completion  of  the  period 
for  which  the  person  in  whose  stead  he  is  elected 
would  have  held  his  seat  The  Governor-General 
in  Council  shall  make  regulations  for  the  joint 
eketion  of  senators  prescribed  in  this  section. 
K  a 


148          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

'09.      26.  The  qualifications  of  a  senator  shall  be  as  follows  :— 
Qualifier          He  must — 

(a)  be  not  less  than  thirty  years  of  age ; 
(6)  be  qualified  to  be  registered  as  a  voter  for  the 
election  of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
in  one  of  the  provinces ; 

(c)  have  resided  for  five  years  within  the  limits  of 
the  Union  as  existing  at  the  time  when  he  is 
elected  or  nominated,  as  the  case  may  be  ; 
be  a  British  subject  of  European  descent ; 
(e)  in  the  case  of  an  elected  senator,  be  the  registered 
owner    of    immovable    property    within    the 
Union   of   the  value  of   not  less   than    h've 
hundred  pounds  over  and  above  any  special 
mortgages  thereon. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  residence  in,  and  property 
situated  within,  a  colony  before  its  incorporation  in  the 
Union  shall  be  treated  as  residence  in  and  property  situated 
within  the  Union. 
Appoint-        27.  The  Senate  shall,  before  proceeding  to  the  dispatch 
of  any  other  business,  choose  a  senator  to  be  the  President 
°^  *"ke  Se^tej  and  as  often  as  the  office  of  President  becomes 
vacant  the  Senate  shall  again  choose  a  senator  to  be  the 
President.    The  President  shall  cease  to  hold  office  if  he 
ceases  to  be  a  senator.     He  may  be  removed  from  office  by 
a  vote  of  the  Senate,  or  he  may  resign  his  office  by  writing 
under  his  hand  addressed  to  the  Governor- General. 
Deputy         28.  Prior  to  or  during  any  absence  of  the  President  the 
*'  Senate  may  choose  a  senator  to  perform  his  duties  in  his 

absence. 

Reaign*-        29.  A  senator  may,  by  writing  under  his  hand  addressed 

JJJJ^ors     to  the  Governor-General,  resign  his  seat,  which  thereupon 

shall  become  vacant.   The  Governor-  General  shall  as  soon  as 

practicable  cause  steps  to  be  taken  to  have  the  vacancy  filled. 

Quorum.        30.  The  presence  of  at  least  twelve  senators  shall  be 

necessary  to  constitute  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  for  the 

exercise  of  its  powers. 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          149 

: U .  All  questions  iu  the  Senate  shall  be  determined  by  * 
maj-  >tes  of  senators  preeent  other  than  the  President  v<*m« 

or  the  presiding  senator,  who  »hall,  however,  have  andjfjjf 
exercise  *  casting  vote  in  the  caae  of  an  equality  of  votes. 


House  of  AaemUy. 

32.  The  House  of  Assembly  shall  be  composed  of  members 
directly  chosen  by  the  voters  of  the  Union  in  electoral 
•  liviaions  delimited  as  hereinafter  provided. 

88.  The  number  of  members  to  be  elected  in  the  original 
provinces  at  the  first  election  and  until  t !..-  number  is  altered 
In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  as 
follows  :— 

Cape  of  Good  Hope         .  .     Fifty-oil-. 

Natal  Seventeen. 

Transvaal  .  .         .     Thirty-six. 

Orange  Free  State  ...  Seventeen. 

These  numbers  may  be  increased  as  provided  in  the  next 
succeeding  section,  but  shall  not,  in  the  case  of  any  original 
,  be  diminished  until  the  total  number  of  members 
of  the  House  of  Assembly  in  respect  of  the  provinces  herein 
provided  for  reaches  one  hundred  and  fifty,  or  until  a  period 
of  ten  years  has  elapsed  after  the  establishment  of  the 
Union,  whichever  is  the  longer  period. 

34.  The  number  of  members  to   be  elected   in   each 
province,   aa   provided   in   section    thirty-three,  shall    be  of  m 
.usi-d  from  time  to  time  aa  may  be  necessary  in  accor-  *""• 
dance  with  the  following  provisions: — 

(i)  The  quota  of  the  Union  shall  be  obtained  by  divid- 
ing the  total  number  of  European  male  adults 
in  the  Union,  as  ascertained  at  the  census  of 
nineteen  hundred  and  four,  by  the  total  number 
of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly  as  con- 
stituted at  the  establishment  of  the  Union : 
(ii)  In  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven,  and  every  five 
years  thereafter,  a  census  of  the  European 


160          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  population  of  the  Union  shall  be  taken  for  the 

purposes  of  this  Act : 

(iii)  After  any  such  census  the  number  of  European 
male  adults  in  each  province  shall  be  compared 
with  the  number  of  European  male  adults  as 
ascertained  at  the  census  of  nineteen  hundred 
and  four,  and,  in  the  case  of  any  province 
where  an  increase  is  shown,  as  compared  with 
the  census  of  nineteen  hundred  and  four,  equal 
to  the  quota  of  the  Union  or  any  multiple 
thereof,  the  number  of  members  allotted  to 
such  province  in  the  last  preceding  section 
shall  be  increased  by  an  additional  member  or 
an  additional  number  of  members  equal  to 
such  multiple,  as  the  case  may  be : 

(iv)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  contained,  no 
additional  member  shall  be  allotted  to  any 
province  until  the  total  number  of  European 
male  adults  in  such  province  exceeds  the  quota 
of  the  Union  multiplied  by  the  number  of 
members  allotted  to  such  province  for  the  time 
being,  and  thereupon  additional  members  shall 
be  allotted  to  such  province  in  respect  only  of 
such  excess : 

(v)  As  soon  as  the  number  of  members  of  the  House  of 
Assembly  to  be  elected  in  the  original  provinces 
in  accordance  with  the  preceding  subsections 
reaches  the  total  of  one  hundred  and  fifty,  such 
total  shall  not  be  further  increased  unless  and 
until  Parliament  otherwise  provides ;  and  sub- 
ject to  the  provisions  of  the  last  preceding 
section  the  distribution  of  members  among  the 
provinces  shall  be  such  that  the  proportion 
between  the  number  of  members  to  be  elected 
at  any  time  in  each  province  and  the  number 
of  European  male  adults  in  such  province,  as 
ascertained  at  the  last  preceding  census,  shall 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          161 

as  far  aa  possible  be  identical  throughout  the 
Union : 

Male  adults"  in  this  Act  shall  be  taken  to  mean 
males  of  twenty-one  years  of  sge  or  upwards 
not  being  members  of  His  Majesty's  regular 
forces  on  fall  pay  : 

i  or  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  number  of  European 
male  adults,  as  ascertained  at  the  census  of 
nineteen  hundred  and  four,  shall  be  taken  to 
be— 

For  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope     .     167,546 
For  Natal  .  $4,784 

For  the  Transvaal  .  .  .  106,408 
For  the  Orange  Free  State  .  41,014 
36.— (1)  Parliament  may  by  law  prescribe  the  q 
tions  which  shall  be  necessary  to  entitle  persons  to  vote  at 
the  election  of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly,  but  no 
such  law  shall  disqualify  any  person  in  the  province  of  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope  who,  under  the  laws  existing  in  the 
Colony  of  the  Capo  of  Good  Hope  at  the  establishment  of 
the  Union,  is  or  may  become  capable  of  being  registered  as 
a  voter  from  being  so  registered  in  the  province  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope  by  reason  of  his  race  or  colour  only,  unless 
the  Bill  be  passed  by  both  Houses  of  Parliament  sitting 
together,  and  at  the  third  reading  be  agreed  to  by  not  leas 
than  two-thirds  of  the  total  number  of  members  of  both 
Houses.  A  Bill  so  paaaed  at  such  joint  sitting  shall  be 
taken  to  have  been  duly  passed  by  both  Houses  of  Parlia- 
ment. 

(2)  No  person  who  at  the  passing  of  any  such  law  w 
registered  as  a  voter  in  any  province  shall  be  removed 
from  the  register  by  reason  only  of  any  disqualification 
baaed  on  race  or  colour. 

36.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  last 
section,  the  qualifications  of  parliamenUry  voters,  as  exist- 
ing in  the  several  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the 
Union,  shall  be  the  qualifications  necessary  to  entitle 


152          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A. D.  1909.  persons  in  the  corresponding  provinces  to  vote  for  tin- 
election  of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly :  Provided 
that  no  member  of  His  Majesty's  regular  forces  on  full  pay 
shall  be  entitled  to  be  registered  as  a  vot<  i. 

Election*.  37. — (1)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the  laws 
in  force  in  the  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union 
relating  to  elections  for  the  more  numerous  Houses  of 
Parliament  in  such  Colonies  respectively,  the  registration 
of  voters,  the  oaths  or  declarations  to  be  taken  by  voters, 
returning  officers,  the  powers  and  duties  of  such  officers, 
the  proceedings  in  connection  with  elections,  election  ex- 
penses, corrupt  and  illegal  practices,  the  hearing  of  election 
petitions  and  the  proceedings  incident  thereto,  the  vacating 
of  seats  of  members,  and  the  proceedings  necessary  for 
filling  such  vacancies,  shall,  mutatis  mutandis,  apply  to 
the  elections  in  the  respective  provinces  of  members  of  the 
House  of  Assembly. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  any 
of  the  said  laws  contained,  at  any  general  election  of 
members  of  the  House  of  Assembly,  all  polls  shall  be  taken 
on  one  and  the  same  day  in  all  the  electoral  divisions 
throughout  the  Union,  such  day  to  be  appointed  by  the 
Governor-General  in  Council. 

Commia-        38.  Between  the  date  of  the  passing  of  this  Act  and  the 
delimiu-    ^a^  fixe^  f°r  ^e  establishment  of  the  Union,  the  Governor 
t!i0n  ^       m  Council  of  each  of  the  Colonies  shall  nominate  a  judge 
divisions,   of  any  of  the  Supreme  or  High  Courts  of  the  Colonies,  and 
the  judges  so  nominated  shall,  upon  acceptance  by  them 
respectively  of  such  nomination,  form  a  joint  commission, 
without  any  further  appointment,  for  the  purpose  of  the 
first  division  of  the  provinces  into  electoral  divisions.     The 
High  Commissioner  for  South  Africa  shall  forthwith  con- 
vene a  meeting  of  such  commission  at  such  time  and  place 
in  one  of  the  Colonies  as  he  shall  fix  and  determine.     At 
such  meeting  the  Commissioners  shall  elect  one  of  their 
number  as  chairman  of  such  commission.    They  shall  there- 
upon proceed  with  the  discharge  of  their  duties  under  this 


9EDW.7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909 

Act,  and  may  appoint  persons  in  any  province  to  assist  A.D.  Its*, 
them  or  to  act  aa  assessors  to  the  com ra Won  or  with 
ividual  members  thereof  for  the  purpoae  of  inquiring 
into  matter*  eooneeted  with  the  duties  of  the  eomaMoa. 
The  commission  may  regulate  their  own  procedure  and 
may  act  by  a  majority  of  their  number.  All  moneys 
required  for  the  payment  of  the  expenses  of  such  com- 
mission  before  the  establishment  of  the  Union  in  any  of  the 
Colonies  shall  be  provided  by  the  Governor  in  Council  of 
such  colony.  In  case  of  the  death,  resignation,  or  other 
disability  of  any  of  the  Commissioners  before  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Union,  the  Governor  in  Council  of  the  Colony 
in  raepeot  of  which  he  was  nominated  shall  forthwith  non 
nate  another  judge  to  fill  the  vacancy.  After  the  establish- 
ment  of  the  Union  the  expenses  of  the  commission  shall 
be  defrayed  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council,  and  any 
vacancies  shall  be  filled  by  him. 

39.  The  commission   shall   divide   each   province   into 
electoral  divisions,  each  returning  one  member. 

40.— (1)  For  the  purpose  of  such  division  as  is  in  the  iUd»d  ol 
last  preceding  section  mentioned,  the  quota  of  each  pro- 
vince shall  be  obtained  by  dividing  the  total  number  of 
voters  in  the  province,  as  ascertained  at  the  last  regis-*^' 
t ration  of  voters,  by  the  number  of  members  of  the  House 
of  Assembly  to  be  elected  therein. 

(2)  Each  province  shall  be  divided  into  electoral  divisions 
in  such  a  manner  that  each  such  division  shall,  subject 
to  the  provisions  of  subsection  (3)  of  this  section,  contain 

tuber  of  voters,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  equal  to  the  quota 
of  the  province, 

(3)  The  Commissioners  shall  give  due  consideration  to— 

(a)  community  or  diversity  of  interests ; 
(6)  means  of  communication  ; 
physical  features ; 

(d)  existing  electoral  boundaries; 

(e)  sparsity  or  density  of  population  . 

in  such  manner  that,  while  taking  the  quota  of  voters  as 


164          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  Emv.  7 

A.D.  1000.  the  basis  of  division,  the  Commissioners  may,  whenever 
they  deem  it  necessary,  depart  therefrom,  but  in  no  case  to 
any  greater  extent  than  fifteen  per  centum  more  or  fifteen 
per  centum  less  than  the  quota. 

Alteration  41.  As  soon  as  may  be  after  every  quinquennial  census, 
toral*divi. tne  Governor- General  in  Council  shall  appoint  a  commission 
sions.  consisting  of  three  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South 
Africa  to  carry  out  any  re-division  which  may  have  become 
necessary  as  between  the  different  electoral  divisions  in 
each  province,  and  to  provide  for  the  allocation  of  the 
number  of  members  to  which  such  province  may  have 
become  entitled  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  In  carry- 
ing out  such  re-division  and  allocation  the  commission  shall 
have  the  same  powers  and  proceed  upon  the  same  principles 
as  are  by  this  Act  provided  in  regard  to  the  original 
division. 

Powers  42. — (1)  The  joint  commission  constituted  under  section 
^com-1CS  thirty-eight,  and  any  subsequent  commission  appointed 
™i*ion  under  the  provisions  of  the  last  preceding  section,  shall 
limiting  submit  to  the  Governor-General  in  Council — 

^  *  ^st  °^  e^ectora^  divisions,  with  the  names  given 
to  them  by  the  commission  and  a  description 
of  the  boundaries  of  every  such  division : 
(6)  a  map  or  maps  showing  the  electoral  divisions  into 

which  the  provinces  have  been  divided : 
(c)  such  further  particulars  as  they  consider  necessary. 

(2)  The  Governor-General  in  Council  may  refer  to  the 
commission  for  its  consideration   any  matter  relating   to 
such   list  or  arising  out  of  the  powers  or  duties  of  the 
commission. 

(3)  The  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  proclaim  the 
names  and  boundaries  of  the  electoral  divisions  as  finally 
settled  and  certified  by  the  commission,  or  a  majority  thereof, 
and  thereafter,  until  there  shall  be  a  re-division,  the  electoral 
divisions  as  named  and  defined  shall  be  the  electoral  divi- 
sions of  the  Union  in  the  provinces. 

(4)  If  any  discrepancy  shall  arise  between  the  descrip- 


9EDW.7J    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          ir,r, 

tion  of  the  divisions  and  the  aforesaid  map  or  maps,  the  A.D.  IMS. 
description  shall  prevail. 

House  of  Assembly  to  be  elected  in  the  several  provinces,  [jjj^, 

and  any  re-division  of  the  provinces  into  electoral  divisions,  * 

shall,  in  respect  of  the  election  of  members  of  the  House  2 

of  Assembly,  come  into  operation  at  the  next 

tion  held  after  the  completion  of  the  re-division  or  of 

any  allocation  consequent  upon  such  alteration,  and  not 

earlier. 

44.  The  qualifications  of  a  member  of  the  House  of 
Assembly  shall  be  as  follows:— 

He  must— 
(a)  be  qualified  to  be  registered  as  a  voter  for 

election  of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
in  one  of  the  provinces  ; 

(t>)  have  resided  for  five  years  within  the  limits  of  the 
Union  as  existing  at  the  time  when  he  is  elected ; 
(<•)  be  a  British  subject  of  European  descent 
;•  the  purposes  of  this  section,  residence  in  a  colony 
before  iU  incorporation  in  the  Union  shall  be  treated  as 
residence  in  the  Union. 

45.  Kvery  House  of  Assembly  shall  continue  for  five 
years  from  the  first  meeting  thereof,  and  no   longer,  but 
may  be  sooner  dissolved  by  the  Governor-General. 

46.  The  House  of  Assembly  shall,  before  proceeding  to  Appos* 
the  despatch  of  any  other  business,  choose  a  member  to  be  SlSwa? 
the  Speaker  of  the  House,  and,  as  often  as  the  office  of  J**^ 
Speaker  becomes  vacant,  the  House  shall  again  choose  a 
member  to  be  the  Speaker.    The  Speaker  shall  cease  to  hold 

his  office  if  he  coaooo  to  be  a  member.  He  may  be  removed 
from  office  by  a  vote  of  the  House,  or  he  may  resign  his 
office  or  his  seat  by  writing  under  his  hand  addressed  to  the 
Governor-General. 

47.  Prior  to  or  during  the  absence  of  the 

House  of  Assembly  may  choose  a  member  to  perform  his 
duties  in  his 


166          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1909.  48.  A  member  may,  by  writing  under  his  hand  addressed 
Rarigna.  to  the  Speaker,  or,  if  there  is  no  Speaker,  or  if  the  Speak,  r 
ti"n  of  ia  absent  from  the  Union,  to  the  Governor-General,  resign 

his  seat,  which  shall  thereupon  become  vacant. 
Quorum.        49.  The  presence  of  at  least  thirty  members  of  the  House 
of  Assembly  shall  be  necessary  to  constitute  a  meeting  of 
the  House  for  the  exercise  of  its  powers. 

Voting  in       50.  All  questions  in  the  House   of  Assembly   shall  be 
jJJJJU.0     determined  by  a  majority  of  votes  of  members  present  oth»-r 
wy-          than  the  Speaker  or  the  presiding  member,  who  shall,  how- 
ever, have  and  exercise  a  casting  vote  in  the   case  of  an 
equality  of  votes. 

Both  Houses  of  Parliament. 

Oath  or         51.  Every  senator   and  every  member  of  the  House  of 

StaToT"     Assembly  shall,  before  taking  bis  seat,  make  and  subscribe 

allegiance,  before  the  Governor-General,  or  some  person  authorised  by 

him,  an  oath  or  affirmation  of  allegiance  in  the  following 

form : — 

Oath. 

I,  A.B.,  do  swear  that  I  will  be  faithful  and  bear  true 
allegiance  to  His  Majesty  [here  insert  the  name  of 
the  King  or  Queen  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  6 
Britain  and  Ireland  for  the  time  being]  His  [or  Her] 
heirs  and  successors  according  to  law.  So  help  me 
God. 

Affirmation. 

I,  A.B.t  do  solemnly  and  sincerely  affirm  and  declare 
that  I  will  be  faithful  and  bear  true  allegiance  to  His 
Majesty  [here  insert  the  name  of  the  King  or  Queen 
of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 
land  for  the  time  being]  His  [or  Her]  heirs  and 
successors  according  to  law. 

Member  of  52.  A  member  of  either  House  of  Parliament  shall  be 
House  dU-  incapable  of  being  chosen  or  of  sitting  as  a  member  of  the 
qualified  other  House :  Provided  that  every  minister  of  State  who  is 
a  member  of  either  House  of  Parliament  shall  have  the 


the  other   rjghfc  (^  8ft  an(j  gpeafc   jn  the  Senate  and  the  House  of 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          167 

Assembly,  but  shall  vote  only  in  the  ROOM  of  which  he  is  A.D.  itot. 
a  member. 

58.  No  peraoo  shall  be  capable  of  being  chosen  or  ofPiqisi 

^   aa  a  tenator  or  an  a  member  of  the  Home  ofJj^JJJJJ 

Assembly  who-  *•-- 

i  baa  been  at  any  time  convicted  of  any  crime  or 

offence  for  which  he  «hall  have  been  sentenced 

to  imprtftonment  without  the  option  of  a  fine  for 

a  term  of  not  lees  than  twelve  month*,  unices 

he  shall  have  received  a  grant  of  amnesty  or 

a  free  pardon,  or  unless  such  imprisonment  shall 

have  expired  at  least  five  years  before  the  date 

of  his  election ;  or 

(6)  is  an  unrehabilitated  insolvent ;  or 

in  of  unsound  mind,  and  has  been  so  declared  by 

a  competent  court ;  or 

(</)  holds  any  office  of  profit  under  the  Crown  within 
the  Union :  Provided  that  the  following  persons 
shall  not  be  deemed  to  hold  an  office  of  profit 
under  the  Crown  for  the  purposes  of  this  sub- 


(1)  a  minister  of  State  for  the  Union ; 
(~>)  a  person  in  receipt  of  a  pension  from 
the  Crown ; 

(3)  an  officer  or  member  of  His  Majesty's 
naval  or  military  forces  on  retired  or  half  pay, 
or  an  officer  or  member  of  the  naval  or  mili- 
tary forces  of  the  Union  whose  services  are 
not  wholly  employed  by  the  Union. 

54.  If  a  senator  or  member  of  the  House  of  Assembly—  V< 
(a)  becomes  subject  to  any  of  the  disabilities  men-  d 

tioned  in  the  last  preceding  section ;  or 
(6)  ceases  to  be  qualified  as  required  by  law ;  or 
(«•)  fails  for  a  whole  ordinary  session  to  attend  with- 
out the  special  leave  of  the  Senate  or  the 
House  of  Assembly,  as  the  case  may  be ; 
his  seat  shall  thereupon  become  vacant 


158          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  55.  If  any  person  who  is  by  law  incapable  of  sitting  as 
a  senator  or  member  of  the  House  of  Assembly  shall,  while 
^  disqualified  and  knowing  or  having  reasonable  grounds 
for  knowing  that  he  is  so  disqualified,  sit  or  vote  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Senate  or  the  House  of  Assembly,  he  shall  be 
liable  to  a  penalty  of  one  hundred  pounds  for  each  day  on 
which  he  shall  so  sit  or  vote,  to  be  recovered  on  behalf  of 
the  Treasury  of  the  Union  by  action  in  any  Superior  Court 
of  the  Union. 

Allow.  56.  Each  senator  and  each  member  of  the  House  of 
JJSnbwm.  Assembly  shall,  under  such  rules  as  shall  be  framed  by 
Parliament,  receive  an  allowance  of  four  hundred  pounds 
a  year,  to  be  reckoned  from  the  date  on  which  he  takes  his 
seat :  Provided  that  for  every  day  of  the  session  on  which 
he  is  absent  there  shall  be  deducted  from  such  allowance 
the  sum  of  three  pounds  :  Provided  further  that  no  such 
allowance  shall  be  paid  to  a  Minister  receiving  a  salary 
under  the  Crown  or  to  the  President  of  the  Senate  or  the 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Assembly.  A  day  of  the  session 
shall  mean  in  respect  of  a  member  any  day  during  a  session 
on  which  the  House  of  which  he  is  a  member  or  any  com- 
mittee of  which  he  is  a  member  meets. 

Privileges       57.  The  powers,  privileges,  and  immunities  of  the  Senate 
of  p*ri£  and  of  the  House  of  Assembly  and  of  the  members  and  com- 
ra"nt-        mittees  of  each  House  shall,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  be  such  as  are  declared  by  Parliament,  and  until  de- 
clared shall  be  those  of  the  House  of  Assembly  of  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope  and  of  its  members  and  committees  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union. 

EaJes  of  58.  Each  House  of  Parliament  may  make  rules  and  orders 
e"  with  respect  to  the  order  and  conduct  of  its  business  and 
proceedings.  Until  such  rules  and  orders  shall  have  been 
made  the  rules  and  orders  of  the  Legislative  Council  and 
House  of  Assembly  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union  shall  mutatis  mutandis  apply 
to  the  Senate  and  House  of  Assembly  respectively.  If 
a  joint  sitting  of  both  Houses  of  Parliament  is  required 


9EDW.7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          169 

under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  it  shall  be  convened  by  A.D.  i  w*. 
the  Governor-General  by  message  to  both  Houses.    At  any 
such  joint  sitting  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Assembly 
shall  preside  and  the  rules  of  the  House  of  Assembly  shall, 
as  far  as  practicable,  apply. 

Powm  of  Parliament. 

59.  Parliament  shall  have  full  power  to  make  laws  for  Vmn  of 
the  peace,  order,  and  good  government  of  the  Union. 

60.— (1)  Bills  appropriating  revenue  or  moneys  or  im- MOM? 
posing  taxation   shall    originate  only    in    the   House    of8*0*- 
Assembly.    But  a  Bill  shall  not  be  taken  to  appropriate 
revenue  or  moneys  or  to  impose  taxation  by  reason  only 
of  its  containing  provisions  for  the  imposition  or  appro- 
priation of  fines  or  other  pecuniary  penalties. 

(2)  The  Senate  may  not  amend  any  Bills  so  far  as 
they  impose  taxation  or  appropriate  revenue  or  moneys 
for  the  services  of  the  Government. 

(8)  The  Senate  may  not  amend  any  Bill  so  as  to  in- 
crease any  proposed  charges  or  burden  on  the  people. 

61.  Any  Bill  which  appropriates  revenue  or  moneys  for  Appro- 
the  ordinary  annual  services  of  the  Government  shall  deal 
only  with  such  appropriation. 

62.  The  House  of  Assembly  shall  not  originate  or  pass 
any  vote,  resolution,  address,  or  Bill  for  the  appropriation  JJJJ* 
of  any  part  of  the  public  revenue  or  of  any  tax  or  impost 

to  any  purpose  unless  such  appropriation  has  been  recom- 
mended by  message  from  the  Governor-General  during  the 
Session  in  which  such  vote,  resolution,  address,  or  Bill  is 
proposed. 

63.  If  the  House  of  Assembly  passes  any  Bill  and  the 
Senate  rejects  or  fails  to  pass  it  or  passes  it  with  amend-  ™ 
mento  to  which  the  House  of  Assembly  will  not  agree,  and  «™ 
if  the  House  of  Assembly  in  the  next  session  again 

the  Bill  with  or  without  any  amendments  which  have 
made  or  agreed  to  by  the  Senate  and  the  Senate  rejects  or 
fails  to  pass  it  or  passes  it  with  amendments  to  which  the 


160          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909  [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  House  of  Assembly  will  not  agree,  the  Governor-General 
may  during  that  session  convene  a  joint  sitting  of  the 
members  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Assembly.  The  mem- 
bers present  at  any  such  joint  sitting  may  deliberate  and 
shall  vote  together  upon  the  Bill  as  last  proposed  by  the 
House  of  Assembly  and  upon  amendments,  if  any,  which 
have  been  made  therein  by  one  House  of  Parliament  and 
not  agreed  to  by  the  other;  and  any  such  amendments 
which  are  affirmed  by  a  majority  of  the  total  number  of 
members  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Assembly  present  at 
such  sitting  shall  be  taken  to  have  been  carried,  and  if  the 
Bill  with  the  amendments,  if  any,  is  affirmed  by  a  majority 
of  the  members  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  Assembly 
present  at  such  sitting,  it  shall  be  taken  to  have  been  duly 
passed  by  both  Houses  of  Parliament :  Provided  that,  if  the 
Senate  shall  reject  or  fail  to  pass  any  Bill  dealing  with  the 
appropriation  of  revenue  or  moneys  for  the  public  service, 
such  joint  sitting  may  be  convened  during  the  same 
session  in  which  the  Senate  so  rejects  or  fails  to  pass  such 
Bill. 

Royal  64.  When  a  Bill  is  presented  to  the  Governor-General 

finis"1  °  f°r  tne  King's  Assent,  he  shall  declare  according  to  his 
discretion,  but  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  to 
such  instructions  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  given  in  that 
behalf  by  the  King,  that  he  assents  in  the  King's  name,  or 
that  he  withholds  assent,  or  that  he  reserves  the  Bill  for 
the  signification  of  the  King's  pleasure.  All  Bills  repealing 
or  amending  this  section  or  any  of  the  provisions  of 
Chapter  IV.  under  the  heading  "  House  of  Assembly,"  and 
all  Bills  abolishing  provincial  councils  or  abridging  the 
powers  conferred  on  provincial  councils  under  section 
eighty-five,  otherwise  than  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  that  section,  shall  be  so  reserved.  The  Governor-General 
may  return  to  the  House  in  which  it  originated  any  Bill  so 
presented  to  him,  and  may  transmit  therewith  any  amend- 
ments which  he  may  recommend,  and  the  House  may  deal 
with  the  recommendation. 


9EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          161 

65.  The  Ring  may  disallow  any  law  within  one  year  AD  itot. 
after  it  hat  been  assented  to  by  the  Governor-General,  an 


such  disallowance,  on  being  made  known  by  the  Governor-  MM»  of 
General  by  speech  or  message  to  each  of  the  Houses  of 
Parliament  or  by  proclamation,  shall  annul  the  law  from 
the  day  when  the  disallowance  is  so  made  known. 

66.  A  Hill  reserved  for  the  King's  pleasure  shall  not  lu-rr*. 
have  any  force  unless  and  until,  within  one  year  from  the  JNsV 
day  on  which  it  was  presented  to  the  Governor-General  for 

the  King's  Assent,  the  Governor-General  makes  known  by 
speech  or  massage  to  each  of  the  Houses  of  Parliament  or 
by  proclamation  that  it  has  received  the  King's  Assent 

67.  As  soon  as  may  be  after  any  law  shall  have  been  n^pty 
assented  to  in  the  King's  name  by  the  Governor-General,  JJ^J"^ 
or  having  been  reserved  for  the  King's  pleasure  shall  have  Aou. 
received  his  assent,  the  Clerk  of  the  House  of  Assembly  shall 

cause  two  fair  copies  of  such  law,  one  being  in  the  English 
and  the  other  in  the  Dutch  language  (one  of  which  copies 
shall  be  signed  by  the  Governor-General),  to  be  enrolled  of 
record  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Appellate  Division 
of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa;  and  such  copies 
shall  be  conclusive  evidence  as  to  the  provisions  of  every 
such  law,  and  in  case  of  conflict  between  the  two  copies 
thus  deposited  that  signed  by  the  Governor-General  shall 
prevail. 

V.— THE  PROVINCES. 
Administrator*. 

68.— (1)  In  each  province  there  shall  be  a  chief  executive  Appotot- 
officer  appointed  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council,  who  JJJ^  «* 
shall  be  styled  the  administrator  of  the  province,  and  in  « 
whose  name  all  executive  acts  relating  to  provincial  affairs 
therein  shall  be  done. 

(2)  In  the  appointment  of  the  administrator  of  any 
moe,  the  Governor-General  in  Council  shall,  as  far 
as  practicable,  give  preference  to  persons  resident  in  such 
province. 

UAVD  L 


162          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909   [9  EDAV.  7 

A.D.  1900.  (3)  Such  administrator  shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of 
five  years  and  shall  not  be  removed  before  the  expiration 
thereof  except  by  the  Govern  or- General  in  Council  for 
cause  assigned,  which  shall  be  communicated  by  message 
to  both  Houses  of  Parliament  within  one  week  after  the 
removal,  if  Parliament  be  then  sitting,  or,  if  Parliament  be 
not  sitting,  then  within  one  week  after  the  commencement 
of  the  next  ensuing  session. 

(4)  The  Governor-General  in  Council  may  from  time  to 
time  appoint  a  deputy  administrator  to  execute  the  office 
and  functions  of  the  administrator  during  his  absence, 
illness,  or  other  inability. 

Salaries  of      69.  The  salaries  of  the  administrators  shall  be  fixed  and 
trators!      provided  by  Parliament,  and  shall  not  be  reduced  during 
their  respective  terms  of  office. 


Provincial  Councils. 

Constitu-        70. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  provincial  council    in   each 

provincial  province  consisting  of  the  same  number  of  members  as 

councils,    are  elected  in  the  province  for  the  House  of  Assembly : 

Provided  that,  in  any  province  whose  representatives  in 

the  House  of  Assembly  shall  be  less  than  twenty-five  in 

number,  the  provincial  council  shall  consist  of  twenty-five 

members. 

(2)  Any  person  qualified  to  vote  for  the  election  of 
members  of  the  provincial  council  shall  be  qualified  to  be 
a  member  of  such  council. 

Qualifier       71. — (1)  The  members  of  the  provincial  council  shall  be 
provincial  elected  by  the  persons  qualified  to  vote  for  the  election  of 
council-     members  of  the  House  of  Assembly  in  the  province  voting 
in  the  same  electoral  divisions  as  are  delimited  for  the 
election  of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly :  Provided 
that,   in    any   province   in   which    less   than    twenty-five 
members  are  elected  to  the  House  of  Assembly,  the  de- 
limitation  of  the  electoral  divisions,  and   any   necessary 
re-allocation  of  members  or  adjustment  of  electoral  divi- 


9EDW.7]   SODTI  V  ACT,  1909 


shall  be  effected  by  the  same  cnmnifasion  and  on  the  A.D  im. 


Mine  principles  as  are  prescribed  in  regard  to  the  electoral 
divisions  for  the  House  of  Assembly. 

(2)  Any  alteration  in  the  number  of  membeti  of  the 
provincial  council,  and  any  re-division  of  the  province  into 
electoral  division*,  Hhall  come  into  operation  at  the  next 
general  election  for  such  council  held  after  the  completion 
of  such  re-division,  or  of  any  allocation  consequent  upon 
such  alteration,  and  not  earlier. 

(3)  The  election  shall  take  place  at  such  times  as  the 
uistrator  shall  by  proclamation  direct,  and  the  pro* 

visions  of  section  thirty-seven  applicable  to  the  election  of 
members  of  the  House  of  Assembly  shall  mutatis  mutandis 
apply  to  such  elections. 

72.  The  provisions  of  sections  fifty. three,  fifty-four,  and  Applica- 
tive, relative  to  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly,  u£Lwu> 

shall  mutatis  mutandis  apply  to  members  of  the  provincial  * 
councils  :  Provided  that  any  member  of  a  provincial  council  MSB*- 
who  shall  become  a  member  of  either  House  of  Parliament  *****- 
shall  thereupon  cease  to  be  a  member  of  such  provincial 

73.  Each   provincial   council   shall   continue   for   three  Tenor*  <rf 
years  from   the  date  of  its  first  meeting,  and  shall   not^jJ^Ll 
be  subject  to  dissolution  save  by  effluxion  of  time. 

74.  The  administrator  of  each  province  shall  by  pro-  r!Mail]ng  nj 
clamation  fix  such  times  for  holding  the  sessions  of  the  P^    ^»> 
provincial  council  as  he  may  think  fit,  and  may  from  time  " 

to  time  prorogue  such  council :  Provided  that  there  shall 
be  a  session  of  every  provincial  council  once  at  least  in 
every  year,  so  that  a  period  of  twelve  months  shall  not 
intervene  between  the  last  sitting  of  the  council  in  one 
session  and  its  first  sitting  in  the  next  session. 

75.  The  provincial  council  shall  elect  from  among  its  ChatasB 
members  a  chairman,  and  may  make  rules  for  the  conduct  rJSu 
of  its  proceedings.    Such  rules  shall  be  transmitted  by  the  "ness* 
administrator  to  the  Governor- General,  and  shall  have  full 

force  and  effect  unless  and  until  the  Governor-General  in 

L  a 


104          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909   [9EDW.7 

A.D.  1900.  council  shall  express  his  disapproval  thereof  in  writing 

addressed  to  the  administrator. 
Allow.  76.  The  members  of  the  provincial  council  shall  receive 

such  allowances  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  Governor- 

General  in  Council. 

77.  There  shall  be  freedom  of  speech  in  the  provincial 
of  speech  council,  and  no  member  shall  be  liable  to  any  action  or 
"!  nl'Tiii"  proceeding  in  any  court  by  reason  of  his  speech  or  vote 
councils,  in  such  council. 

Executive  Committees. 

Provincial  78.—  (1)  Each  provincial  council  shall  at  its  first  meeting 
com-UtiVe  a^er  ^y  general  election  elect  from  among  its  members,  or 
mit  tees.  otherwise,  four  persons  to  form  with  the  administrator,  who 

shall  be  chairman,  an  executive  committee  for  the  province. 

The  members  of  the  executive  committee  other  than  the 

administrator  shall  hold  office  until  the  election  of  their 

successors  in  the  same  manner. 

(2)  Such  members  shall  receive  such   remuneration  as 
the  provincial  council,  with  the  approval  of  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  shall  determine. 

(3)  A  member  of  the  provincial   council  shall   not  be 
disqualified  from  sitting  as  a  member  by  reason  of  his  having 
been  elected  as  a  member  of  the  executive  committee. 

(4)  Any  casual  vacancy  arising  in  the  executive  com- 
mittee shall  be  filled  by  election  by  the  provincial  council 
if  then  in  session  or,  if  the  council  is  not  in  session,  by 
a  person  appointed  by  the  executive  committee  to  hold 
office  temporarily  pending  an  election  by  the  council. 

Right  of  79.  The  administrator  and  any  other  member  of  the 
,1  Ac.  executive  committee  of  a  province,  not  being  a  member 
^  ^e  Prov*nc^  council,  shall  have  the  right  to  take  part 
proceed,  in  the  proceedings  of  the  council,  but  shall  not  have  the 


council  80.  The  executive  committee  shall  on  behalf  of  the  pro- 
ProvincUl  v*nc*a^  counc^  carry  on  the  administration  of  provincial 
executive  affairs.  Until  the  first  election  of  members  to  serve  on  the 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909 

executive  committee,  such  administration  shall  be  carried  A.D.  itot. 
on   by  the  administrator.     Whenever  there  are  not  suf-  Hn^"" 
ficient  members  of  the  executive  committee  to  form  a 
quorum    according  to  the    rales  of  the  ooMtttee.  the 
administrator  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  convene  a 
ing  of  the  provincial  council  for  the  purpose  of 
members  to  fill  the  vacancies,   and  until  such  election 
the   administrator  shall   carry   on   the    administration  of 
ncial  affairs. 

81.  Subject  to  the   provisions  of  this  Act,  all  powers,  TtmMfar 

s,  and  functions  which  at  the  establishment  of  the  £  * 
Union  are  in  any  of  the  Colonies  vested  in  or  exercised  by 
the  Governor  or  the  Governor  in  Council,  or  any  minister 

he  Colony,  shall  after  such  establishment  be 
in  the  executive  committee  of  the  province  so  far  as 
powers,  authorities,   and   functions  relate    to  matters  in 
respect  of  which  the  provincial  council  is  competent  to 
make  ordinances. 

82.  Questions  arising  in  the  executive  committee  shall  V< 
be  determined  by  a   majority  of  votes  of  the 

present,  and.  in  case  of  an  equality  of  votes,  the  ad- 
ministrator shall  have  also  a  casting  vote,  Subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Governor-General  in  Council,  the  executive 
committee  may  make  rules  for  the  conduct  of  its  proceedings. 

83.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  any  law   passed   by  Twin*  of 
Parliament  regulating  the  conditions  of  appointment,  tenure  jj1 

of  office,  retirement  and  superannuation  of  public  officers,  d 
the  executive  committee  shall  have  power  to  appoint  such 


officers  as  may  be  necessary,  in  addition  to  officers  assigned 
to  the  province  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  under 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  to  carry  out  the  services  en- 
trusted  to  them  and  to  make  and  enforce  regulations  for 
the  organisation  and  discipline  of  such  officers. 

84.  In  regard  to  all  matters  in  respect  of  which 
powers  are  reserved  or  delegated  to  the  provincial  council,  to**sr  to 
the  administrator  shall  act  on  behalf  of  the  Governor-  JJS  * 
General  in  Council  when  required  to  do  so,  and  in 


ir,ii          3OUTH   AFRICA  A(T.   1009    [9  Emv.  7 

A  i'  iwu.  matters  the  administrator  may  act  without  reference  to  the 
other  members  of  the  executive  committee. 

Powers  of  Pror //»/"/  ' 

Powers  of      85.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  assent 
°f tne  Governor-General  in  Council  as  hereinafter  provM.-.l. 
the  provincial  council  may  make  ordinances  in  relation  to 
matters  coming  within  the  following  classes  of  sul 
(that  is  to  say) : — 

(i)  Direct  taxation  within  the  province  in  order  to 

raise  a  revenue  for  provincial  purposes : 
(ii)  The  borrowing  of  money  on  the  sole  credit  of  tin- 
province  with   the    consent  of   the    Governor- 
General    in    Council    and   in    accordance    with 
regulations  to  be  framed  by  Parliament : 
(iii)  Education,  other  than  higher  education,  for  a  peri<»<  1 
of  five  years  and   thereafter  until   Parliament 
otherwise  provides: 

(iv)  Agriculture  to  the  extent  and  subject  to  the  con- 
ditions to  be  defined  by  Parliament : 
(v)  The  establishment,  maintenance,  and  management 

of  hospitals  and  charitable  institutions : 
(vi)  Municipal    institutions,    divisional    councils,    and 

other  local  institutions  of  a  similar  nature  : 
(vii)  Local  works  and  undertakings  within  the  province, 
other  than  railways  and  harbours  and  other  than 
such  works  as  extend  beyond  the  borders  of  the 
province,  and  subject  to  the  power  of  Parliament 
to  declare  any  work  a  national   work   and  to 
provide   for    its    construction    by    arrangement 
with  the  provincial  council  or  otherwise: 
(viii)  Roads,  outspans,  ponts,  and  bridges,  other  than 

bridges  connecting  two  provinces : 
(ix)  Markets  and  pounds : 
(x)  Fish  and  game  preservation  : 

(xi)  The  imposition  of  punishment  by  fine,  penalty,  or 
imprisonment    for   enforcing    any   law    or   any 


9EDW.  7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          H'.7 

ordinance  of  tin-   province   nmd«     in    r« -Uu-.n    t.,  A  M^. 
Anv  maia^r  Munintr  within  anv  of  iK^  classes  of 

(••IT      UMvvQw*     %*vsaa*a*g      wsvs****    SBMV    **•     »*»w   «**^s^^^^v  w» 

subjects  enumerated  in  this  section  : 
i)  Generally  all  matters  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the 

Governor-General   in  Council,  are  of  a  merely 

local  or  private  nature  in  the  province: 
i)  All  other  subjects  in  respect  of  which  Parliament 

shall  by  any  law  delegate  the  power  of  making 
nances  to  the  provincial  council. 

86.  Any  ordinance  made  by  a  provincial  council  shall 
have  effect  in  and  for  the  province  as  long  and  as  far  only 
as  it  is  not  repugnant  to  any  Act  of  Parliament 

87.  A  provincial  council  may  recommend  to  Parliament 

the  passing  of  any  law  relating  to  any  matter  in  respect  of  JJJU 
which  each  council  is  not  competent  to  make  ordii 

88.  In  regard  to  any  matter  which  requires  to  be  dealt 
with  by  means  of  a  private  Act  of  Parliament,  the  provincial 
council  of  the  province  to  which  the  matter  relates  may, 
subject  to    urh  procedure  as  shall  be  laid  down  by  Parlia- 
ment, take  evidence  by  means  of  a  Select  Committee  or 
otherwise  for  and  against  the  passing  of  such  law,  and, 
upon  receipt  of  a  report  from  such  council  together  with 
the  evidence  upon  which  it  is  founded,  Parliament  may 
pass  such  Act  without  further  evidence  being  taken    in 
support  ther- 

89.  A  provincial  revenue  fund  shall  be  formed  in  every 
province,  into  which  shall  b  •  paid  all  revenues  raised 

or  accruing  to  the  provincial  council  and  all  moneys  paid 
over  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  to  the  provincial 
council.  Such  fund  shall  be  appropriated  by  the  provincial 
council  by  ordinance  for  the  purposes  of  the  provincial  ad- 
ministration generally,  or,  in  the  case  of  moneys  paid  over 
10  Governor-General  in  Council  for  particular  purposes, 
then  fur  such  purposes,  but  no  such  ordinance  shall  be 
passed  by  the  provincial  council  unless  the  administrator 
shall  have  first  recommended  to  the  council  to  make 
provision  for  the  specific  service  for  which  the  appro- 


168          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  Emv.  7 

A  i>  1909.  priation  is  to  be  made.  No  money  shall  be  issued  from  tin 
provincial  revenue  fund  except  in  accordance  with  such 
appropriation  and  under  warrant  signed  by  the  adminis- 
trator: Provided  that,  until  the  expiration  of  one  month 
after  the  first  meeting  of  the  provincial  council,  the  ad- 
ministrator may  expend  such  moneys  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  services  of  the  province. 

Awent  to       90.  When  a  proposed  ordinance  has  been  passed  by  a 

!.Tdi""lf  ll  provincial  council  it  shall  be  presented  by  the  administrator 
to  the  Governor-General  in  Council  for  his  assent.  The 
Governor-General  in  Council  shall  declare  within  one 
month  from  the  presentation  to  him  of  the  prop*' 
ordinance  that  he  assents  thereto,  or  that  he  withholds 
assent,  or  that  he  reserves  the  proposed  ordinance  for 
further  consideration.  A  proposed  ordinance  so  reserved 
shall  not  have  any  force  unless  and  until,  within  one  year 
from  the  day  on  which  it  was  presented  to  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  he  makes  known  by  proclamation  that 
it  has  received  his  assent. 

Effect  and  91.  An  ordinance  assented  to  by  the  Governor-General 
*n  Council  and  promulgated  by  the  administrator  shall, 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  have  the  force  of  law 
within  the  province.  The  administrator  shall  cause  two 
fair  copies  of  every  such  ordinance,  one  being  in  the  English 
and  the  other  in  the  Dutch  language  (one  of  which  copies 
shall  be  signed  by  the  Governor-General),  to  be  enrolled 
of  record  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  of  the  Appellate 
Division  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa  ;  and  such 
copies  shall  be  conclusive  evidence  as  to  the  provisions  of 
such  ordinance,  and,  in  case  of  conflict  between  the  two 
copies  thus  deposited,  that  signed  by  the  Governor-General 
shall  prevail. 


Audit  of        92.  —  (1)  In  each  province  there  shall  be  an  auditor  of 
accounts!  accounts  to   be  appointed   by   the  Governor-General    in 
Council. 

(2)  No  such  auditor  shall  be  removed  from  office  except 


9EDW.7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          HJV 

by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  for  cause  assigned,  a~D.  IMS. 
which  shall  be  ootnmiminaUd  by  massage  to  both  Houses 
of  Parliament  within  one  week  after  the  removal,  if  1'arlia- 
ment  be  then  sitting,  and,  if  Parliament  be  not  sitting. 
| hen  within  one  week  after  the  commencement  of  toe  next 


(3)  Each  such  auditor  shall  receive  out  of  the  Consoli- 
dated Revenue  Fund  such  salary  at  the  Governor-General 
in  Council,  with  the  approval  of  Parliament,  shall  determine. 

(4)  Each   such   auditor  shall   examine  and    audit    the 
accounts  of  the  province  to  which  he  is  assigned  subject  to 
such  regulations  and  orders  aa  may  be   framed   by  the 
Governor-General  in  Council  and  approved  by  Parliament, 
and  no  warrant  signed  by  the  administrator  authorising 
the  issuing  of  money  shall  have  effect  unless  countersigned 
by  such  auditor. 

93.  Notwithstanding   anything   in  this  Act 


all  powers,  authorities,  and  functions  lawfully  exercised  at 
the  establishment  of  the  Union  by  divisional  or  munici 
councils,  or  any  other  duly  constituted  local  authority, 
shall  be  and  remain  in  force  until  varied  or  withdrawn  by 
Parliament  or  by  a  provincial  council  having  power  in  that 
behalf. 

94.  The  seats  of  provincial  government  shall  be — 

For  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  .     Cape  Town. 
For  Natal  .     PietermariUburg. 

For  the  Transvaal          .        .     Pretoria. 
For  the  Orange  Free  State    .     Bloemfontein. 

vi.    THE  SUPREME  COURT  OF  SOUTH  APRI 

95.  There  shall  be  a  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa  OuniHi 
consisting  of  a  Chief  Justice  of  South  Africa,  the  ordinary  pj^g, 
judges  of  appeal,  and  the  other  judges  of  the  several  divisions  °Mrt» 
of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa  in  the  provinces. 

96.  There  shall  be  an  Appellate  Division 

t  of  South  Africa,  mi  Misting  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 


170          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909   [9Eow.  7 

A.D.  1909.  South  Africa,  two  ordinary  judges  of  appeal,  and  i\\<> 
additional  judges  of  appeal.  Such  additional  judges  of 
appeal  shall  be  assigned  by  the  Governor-General  in 
Council  to  the  Appellate  Division  ln>m  any  of  the  provincial 
or  local  divisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa, 
but  shall  continue  to  perform  th.-ir  duties  as  judges  of  th<  ir 
respective  divisions  when  their  attendance  is  not  required 
in  the  Appellate  Division. 

Filling  of       97.  The  Governor-General  in  Council  may,  during  the 

JJJJJJJjJJ*  absence,  illness,  or  other  incapacity  of  the  Chief  Justice  of 

in  Appel-  South  Africa,  or  of  any  ordinary  or  additional  judge  of 

aton.         appeal,  appoint  any  other  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of 

South  Africa   to    act    temporarily  as    such  chi<  f    justice, 

ordinary  judge  of  appeal,  or  additional  judge  of  appeal, 

as  the  case  may  be. 

Conatitu-        98.— (1)  The  several  supreme  courts  of  the  Cape  of  Good 

provincial  Hope,  Natal,  and  the  Transvaal,  and  the  High  Court  of 

and  local    the  Orange  River  Colony  shall,  on  the  establishment  of  the 

of  Supreme  Unipn,  become  provincial  divisions  of  the  Supreme  Court 

of  South  Africa  within  their  respective  provinces,  and  shall 

each  be  presided  over  by  a  judge-president. 

(2)  The  court  of  the  eastern  districts  of  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  the  High  Court  of  Griqualand,  the  High  Court  of 
Witwatersrand,  and  the  several  circuit  courts,  shall  become 
local  divisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa  within 
the  respective  areas  of  their  jurisdiction  as  existing  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union. 

(3)  The  said  provincial  and  local  divisions,  referred  to  in 
this  Act  as  superior  courts,  shall,  in  addition  to  any  original 
jurisdiction  exercised  by  the  corresponding  courts  of  the 
Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union,  have  jurisdic- 
tion in  all  matters- 
in  which  the  Government  of  the  Union  or  a  person 

suing  or  being  sued  on  behalf  of  such  Govern 
ment  is  a  party  : 

(I)  in  which  the  validity  of  any  provincial  ordinance 
shall  come  into  question. 


7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          171 

(4)  Unless  and  until  Parliament  »liall  otherwise  provide,  A.D.ISOB. 
the  said  superior  court*  shall  mutatis  mutandis  have  the 
same  jurisdiction  in  matters  aflecting  the  validity  of  elec- 
tion* of  members  of  the  House  of  Assembly  and  provincial 
council*  as  the  corresponding  oourU  of  the  Colonies  have 
tie  establishment  of  the  Union  in  regard  to  parliamentary 
elections  in  such  Colonies  respectively. 

99.  All  judges  of  the  supreme  court*  of  the  Colonies, QBBSSNSV 
iiirliiding  the  High  Court  of  the  Orange  River  Colony,  Jjjjj% 
holding  office  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall  on  « 
such  eslablinhment  become  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  of l- 
South  Africa,  assigned  to  the  divisions  of  the  Supreme 
Court  in  the  respective  provinces,  and  shall  retain  all  such 
rights  in  regard  to  salaries  and   pensions  as  they  may 
possess  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union.      The  Chief 
Justices  of  the  Colonies  holding  office  at  the  establishment 
the  Union  shall  on  such  establishment  become  the 
Judges-President  of  the  divisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  in 
the  respective  provinces,  but  shall  so  long  as  they  hold  that 
office  retain  the  title  of  Chief  Justice  of  their  respective 
provinces. 


100.  The  Chief  Justice  of  South  Africa,  the  ordinary  jppofc* 
judges  of  appeal,  and   all  other  judges  of  the  Supreme  JJJJJJJjJ. 
Court  of  South  Africa  to  be  appointed  alter  the  establish* ** 
ment  of  the  Union  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Governor- '' 
General  in  Council,  and  shall  receive  such  remuneration  as 
Parliament  shall  prescribe,  and  their  remuneration  shall 

not  be  diminished  during  their  continuance  in  office. 

101.  The  (  hi.  i  .In  t  <.   pi  South  Africa  and  other  judges  TMMU»  of 
of  the  Supreme  <  'nun  «.f  Smith  Africa  shall  not  be  removed01 
from  office  except  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  on 

an  address  from  both  Houses  of  Parliament  in  the  sane 
session  praying  for  such  removal  on  the  ground  of  mis- 
behaviour or  incapa< 

102.  Upon  any  vacancy  occurring  in  any  division  of  the  iu 
*  Court  of  South  Africa,  other  than  the  Appellate 

ion,  the  Governor-General  in  Council  may,  in  case  he 


172          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909   [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  shall  consider  that  the  number  of  judges  of  such  court  may 
with  advantage  to  the  public  interest  be  reduced,  postpone 
filling  the  vacancy  until  Parliament  shall  have  determined 
whether  such  reduction  shall  take  place. 

Appe*lsto      103.  In  i-v.  i  -\  civil  case  in  which,  according  to  the  law 

DmLon*  in  f°rce  at  fcne  establishment  of  the  Union,  an  appeal  might 
have  been  made  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  any  of  the 
Colonies  from  a  Superior  Court  in  any  of  the  Colon 
or  from  the  High  Court  of  Southern  Rhodesia,  the  appeal 
shall  be  made  only  to  the  Appellate  Division,  except  in 
cases  of  orders  or  judgments  given  by  a  single  judge,  upon 
applications  by  way  of  motion  or  petition  or  on  summons 
for  provisional  sentence  or  judgments  as  to  costs  only, 
which  by  law  are  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  court.  The 
appeal  from  any  such  orders  or  judgments,  as  well  as  any 
appeal  in  criminal  cases  from  any  such  Superior  Court,  or 
the  special  reference  by  any  such  court  of  any  point  of  law 
in  a  criminal  case,  shall  be  made  to  the  provincial  division 
corresponding  to  the  court  which  before  the  establishment 
of  the  Union  would  have  had  jurisdiction  in  the  matter. 
There  shall  be  no  further  appeal  against  any  judgment 
given  on  appeal  by  such  provincial  division  except  to  the 
Appellate  Division,  and  then  only  if  the  Appellate  Division 
shall  have  given  special  leave  to  appeal. 

Existing  104.  In  every  case,  civil  or  criminal,  in  which  at  tin- 
establishment  of  the  Union  an  appeal  might  have  been 
made  from  the  Supreme  Court  of  any  of  the  Colonies  or 
from  the  High  Court  of  the  Orange  River  Colony  to  the 
King  in  Council,  the  appeal  shall  be  made  only  to  tin- 
Appellate  Division  :  Provided  that  the  right  of  appeal  in 
any  civil  suit  shall  not  be  limited  by  reason  only  of  the 
value  of  the  matter  in  dispute  or  the  amount  claimed  or 
awarded  in  such  suit. 

Appeals  105.  In  every  case,  civil  or  criminal,  in  which  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union  an  appeal  might  have  been 


courts  to   made  from  a  court  of  resident  magistrate  or  other  inferior 
divisions,   court  to  a  superior  court  in  any  of  the  Colonies,  the  appeal 


9EDW.7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          17  i 


be  made  to  the  corresponding  division  of  the  Supreme  A.D. 
Court  of  South   Africa,   !.,.<    there  •hail   be  no   further 
appeal  against  any  judgment  given  on  appeal  by  such 
on  except  to  the  Appellate  Division,  and  then  only 
he  Appellate    Divinion  shall  liave  given  special  leave 
to  appeal 
106.  There  shall  be  no  appeal  from  the  Supreme  C 


^outh  Africa  or  from  any  division  thereof  to  the  King*. 

E    K, 


in  Council,  but  nothing  herein  contained  shall  be 

to  impair  any  right  which  the  King  in  Council  may  be 
pleased  to  exercise  to  grant  special  leave  to  appeal  from 
the  Appellate  Division  to  the  Ring  in  Council  Parliament 
may  make  laws  limiting  the  matters  in  respect  of  which 
Mich  special  leave  may  be  asked,  but  Bills  *«nt^Sni«g  any 
such  limitation  shall  be  reserved  by  the  Governor-General 
for  the  signification  of  His  Majesty's  pleasure:  Provided 
that  nothing  in  this  section  shall  affect  any  right  of  appeal 
to  His  Majes  imril  from  any  judgment  given  by 

the  Appellate  Division  of  the  Supreme  Court  under  or  in 
virtuo  of  the  Colonial  Courte  of  Admiralty  Act,  1890.  u  * 

107.  Thf  (  hi<  f  Justice  of  South  Africa  and  the  ordinary  " 
judges   of   appeal  may,  subject  to  tbe  approval  of  the 
Governor-General  in  Council,  make  rules  for  the  conduct  jy 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  Appellate  Division  and  prescrib-  •fac- 
ing the  time  and  manner  of  making  appeals  thereto.    Until 
such  rules  shall  have  been  promulgated,  the  rules  in  force 

in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union  shall  mutatis  mutandis 
apply. 

108.  The  chief  justice  and  other  judges  of  the  Supreme  B«k« 
Court  of  South  Africa  may,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
Governor-General  in  Council,  frame  rules  for  the  conduct 

of  the  proceedings  of  the  several   provincial  and  local  4os*» 
divisions.    Until  such  rules  shall  have  been  promulgated, 
the  rules  in  force  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  in  the 
respective  courts  which  become  divisions  of  the 
Court  of  South  Africa  shall  continue  to  apply  therein. 


174          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [OEmv.  7 

A.D  i«K>9.  109.  The  Appellate  Division  shall  sit  in  Bloemfontein, 
PlacTof  but  mav  fr°m  time  to  time  for  the  convenience  of  suitors 
of  hold  its  sittings  at  other  places  within  the  Union. 

110.  On  the  hearing  of  appeals  from  a  court  consisting 
Quorum     of  two  or  more  judges,  five  judges    of   the    Appellate 
ing  ap^    Division  shall  form  a  quorum,  but,  on  the  hearing  of  appeals 
paafc.        from  a  single  judge,  three  judges  of  the  Appellate  1  )i  \  i  i<  >n 
shall  form  a  quorum.     No  judge  shall  take  part   in  the 
hearing  of  any  appeal  against   the  judgment  given  in  a 
case  heard  before  him. 

Jurisdic-        111.  The  process  of  the  Appellate    Division  shall   run 

A°peiLte  throughout  the  Union,  and  all  its  judgments  or  orders  shall 

Division,    have  full  force  and  effect  in  every  province,  and  shall  )><> 

executed  in  like  manner  as  if  they  were  original  judgments 

or  orders  of  the  provincial  division  of  the  Supreme  Court 

of  South  Africa  in  such  province. 

Execu-          112.  The  registrar  of  every  provincial  division  of  the 

ff^ffm   Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa,  if  thereto  requested  by 

ofDTovin-  any  party  in  whose  favour  any  judgment  or  order   has 

Hons.n      been  given  or  made   by  any  other  division,  shall,   upon 

the  deposit  with  him  of  an  authenticated  copy   of  such 

judgment  or  order  and  on  proof  that  the  same   remains 

unsatisfied,  issue  a  writ  or  other  process  for  the  execution 

of  such  judgment  or  order,  and   thereupon   such  writ  or 

other  process  shall  be  executed  in  like  manner  as  if  it  had 

been  originally  issued  from  the  division  of  which  he  is 

registrar. 

Transfer        113.  Any  provincial  or  local  division  of  the    Supreme 

fronione    ^°ul^  °^  South  Africa  to  which  it  may  be  made  to  appear 

provincial  that  any  civil  suit  pending  therein  may    be   more   con- 

divirion  to  veniently  or  fitly  heard  or  determined  in  another  division 

another,     may  order  the  same  to  bo  removed  to  such  other  division, 

and  thereupon  such  last -mentioned  division  may  proceed 

with  such  suit  in  like  manner  as  if  it  had  been  originally 

commenced  therein. 

114.   The   Governor-General   in   Council    may   appoint 
a  registrar  of  the  Appellate  Division  and  such  other  officers 


9EDW.7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          176 
thereof  M  »b»ll  b*  required  for  the  proper  dicpttch  of  UM  A.D.  i»w. 

l.|  I    f  *         .  fcj  f       I  I  -  I 

115.— (I)  The  laws  regulating  the  ad  mi  won  of  advocate* 
and  attorney**  to  practise  before  any  superior  court  of  any  **" 
Of  the  Colonies  shall  inuUtin  mutandis  apply  to  the  admis-  M 
sion  of  advocates  and  attorneys  to  practise  in  the  eorre- 
spori  ision  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa. 

advocates  and  attorneys  entitled  at  the  establish- 
<>f  thr  !'ni<.M  to  practise  in  any  superior  court  of  any 
of  the  Colonies  shall   be   entitled  to  practise  at  sock 
the  corresponding  division  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South 

0ft, 

(8)  All  advocates  and  attorneys  entitled  to  practise  before 
any  provincial  .livision  of  the   Supreme  Court  of  South 
>ca  shall  be  entitled  to  practise  before  the  Appellate 
-ion. 


116.  All  Miits  civil  or  criminal,  pending  in  any  superior  Ptodi 
•   of  any  of  the  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  "** 

i  shall  stand  removed  to  the  corresponding  division  of 
the  Supreme  Court  of  South  Africa,  which  shall  have  juris- 

t  ion  to  hear  and  determine  the  tame,  and  all  judgments 
and  orders  of  any  superior  court  of  any  of  the  Colonies 
given  or  made  before  the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall 
have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  they  had  been  given  or 
made  by  the  corresponding  division  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  South  Africa.  All  appeals  to  the  King  in  Council  which 
shall  be  pending  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall  be 
proceeded  with  as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 


VII     FINANCE  AND  RAILWAYS. 

117.  All  revenues,  from  whatever  source  arising,  over 
b  the  several  Colonies  have  at  the  establishment  of  the 
Union  power  of  appropriation,  shall  vest  in  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council.  There  shall  be  formed  a  Railway  and 
Harbour  Fund,  into  which  shall  be  paid  all  revenues  raked 
or  received  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  from  the 


176          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  administration  of  the  railways,  ports,  and  harbours,  and 
such  fund  shall  be  appropriated  by  Parliament  to  the  pur- 
poses of  the  railways,  ports,  and  harbours  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  this  Act.  There  shall  also  be  formed  a  Con- 
solidated Revenue  Fund,  into  which  shall  be  paid  all  other 
revenues  raised  or  received  by  the  Governor-General  in 
Council,  and  such  fund  shall  be  appropriated  by  Parliament 
for  the  purposes  of  the  Union  in  the  manner  prescribed  by 
this  Act,  and  subject  to  the  charges  imposed  thereby. 
Commit-  ug.  The  Governor-General  in  Council  shall,  as  soon 
quiry  into  as  mav  be  after  the  establishment  of  the  Union,  appoint 
a  commission,  consisting  of  one  representative  from  each 
between  province,  and  presided  over  by  an  officer  from  the  Imperial 
S6™06'  to  institute  an  inquiry  into  the  financial  relations 
which  should  exist  between  the  Union  and  the  provinces. 
Pending  the  completion  of  that  inquiry  and  until  Parliament 
otherwise  provides,  there  shall  be  paid  annually  out  of  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  to  the  administrator  of  each 
province— 

(a)  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  provided  in  the  esti- 
mates for  education,  other  than  higher  education, 
in  respect  of  the  financial  year,  1908-9,  as  voted 
by  the  Legislature  of  the  corresponding  colony 
during  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and  eight ; 
(I)  such  further  sums  as  the  Governor-General  in 
Council  may  consider  necessary  for  the  due 
performance  of  the  services  and  duties  assigned 
to  the  provinces  respectively. 

Until  such  inquiry  shall  be  completed  and  Parliament  shall 
have  made  other  provision,  the  executive  committees  in  the 
several  provinces  shall  annually  submit  estimates  of  their 
expenditure  for  the  approval  of  the  Governor-General  in 
Council,  and  no  expenditure  shall  be  incurred  by  any  execu- 
tive committee  which  is  not  provided  for  in  such  approved 
estimates. 

Security  119.  The  annual  interest  of  the  public  debts  of  the 
\m  exi£j:  Colonies  and  any  sinking  funds  constituted  by  law  at  the 
debt*. 


DW.7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          177 

establishment  of  the  Union  *hall  form  a  fir*t  charge  on  A.D.  isot 
the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fu 

120.  No  money  shall  be  withdrawn  from  the  Consoli-  **•*» 
dated  Revenue  Fond  or  the  Railway  and  Harbour  Fund  JJJJJ*  * 
except  under  appropriation  made  by  law.     But,  until  the 

ration  of  two  months  after  the  first  meeting  of  Parlia- 
ment, the  Governor-General  in  Council  may  draw  there- 
from and  expend  such  moneys  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
{•ul. lie  service,  and  lor  railway  and  harbour  administration 
r.-.sprctiv.-ly. 

121.  All  stocks,  ca*h,  bankers'  balances,  and  securities  TtwMfar 
for  money  belonging  to  each  of  the  Colonies  at  the  establbtv 


of  the  Union  shall  be  the  property  of  the  Union:  »« 
Provided  that  the  balances  of  any  funds  raised  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union  by  law  for  any  special  pur- 
poses in  any  of  the  Colonies  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
appropriated  by  Parliament  for  the  special  purposes  for 
which  they  have  been  provided. 

122.  Crown    lands,    public    works,    and    all    property  Crown 
throughout  the  Union,   movable  or  immovable,  and  all Und-'  **• 
rights  of  whatever  description   belonging  to   the  several 
Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the   Union,  shall  vest 

in  the  Governor-General  in  Council  subject  to  any  debt 
or  liability  specifically  charged  thereon. 

123.  All  rights  in  and  to  mines  and  minerals,  and  all 
rights  in  connection  with  the  searching  for,  working  for, 
or  disposing  of,  minerals  or  precious  stones,  which  at  the 
establishment  of  the  Union  are  vested  in  the  Government 
of  any  of  the  Colonies,  shall  on  such  establishment  vest  in 
the  Governor-General  in  Council. 

124.  The  Union  »holl  assume  all  debts  and  liabilities 
the  Colonies  existing  at  its  establishment,  subject,  not- 
withstanding any  other  provision  contained  in  this  Act,  to  «*** 
the  conditions  imposed   by  any  law   under  which   such 
debts  or  liabilities  were  raised  or  incurred,  and  without 
prejudice  to  any  rights  of  security  or  priority  in  respect  of 

the  payment  of  principal,  interest,  sinking  fund,  and  other 


178          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,   l'.»w    [9EDw.  7 

A.D.  1900.  charges  conferred  on  the  creditors  of  any  of  the  Colonies, 
and  may,  subject  to  such  conditions  and  rights,  convert, 
renew,  or  consolidate  such  debts. 

Porto,  bar-  125.  All  ports,  harbours,  ami  railways  belonging  to  the 
J25!|£"d  several  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall 
from  the  date  thereof  vest  in  the  Governor-General  in 
Council.  No  railway  for  the  conveyance  of  public  traffic, 
and  no  port,  harbour,  or  similar  work,  shall  be  constructed 
without  the  sanction  of  Parliament. 

Const  it  u-  126.  Subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Governor-General 
Harbour  *n  Council,  the  control  and  management  of  the  railways* 
and  Rail-  ports,  and  harbours  of  the  Union  shall  be  exercised  through 
BoLd.  a  board  consisting  of  not  more  than  three  commissioners, 
who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council, 
and  a  minister  of  State,  who  shall  be  chairman.  Each 
commissioner  shall  hold  office  for  a  period  of  five  years, 
but  may  be  re-appointed.  He  shall  not  be  removed  before 
the  expiration  of  his  period  of  appointment,  except  by  the 
Governor-General  in  Council  for  cause  assigned,  which  shall 
be  communicated  by  message  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament 
within  one  week  after  the  removal,  if  Parliament  be  then 
sitting,  or,  if  Parliament  be  not  sitting,  then  within  one 
week  after  the  commencement  of  the  next  ensuing  session. 
The  salaries  of  the  commissioners  shall  be  fixed  by  Parlia- 
ment and  shall  not  be  reduced  during  their  respective  terms 
of  office. 

Admini»-       127.  The  railways,  ports,  and   harbours  of  the   Union 

oTrail-      shall  be  administered  on   business  principles,  due  regard 

*»y«.        being  had  to  agricultural  and  industrial  development  within 

harboura.  the  Union  and  promotion,  by  means  of  cheap  transport,  of 

the  settlement  of  an  agricultural  and  industrial  population 

in  the  inland  portions  of  all  provinces  of  the  Union.     So 

far  as  may  be,  the  total  earnings  shall  be  not  more  than 

are  sufficient  to  meet  the  necessary  outlays  for  working, 

maintenance,  betterment,  depreciation,  and  the   payment 

of  interest  due  on  capital  not  being  capital  contributed  out 

of  railway  or  harbour  revenue,  and  not  including  any  sums 


9EDW.  7]    SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          179 

payable  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  in  aceor-  A.D.  ito». 
tm»<^tovn**^*m*kmm**mi*iml+ 

and  one  hundred  and  ihirly-i-iuv  Th-  AII..HH.I  rf  IttttMl 
doe  on  such  capital  invested  shall  be  paid  over  from  the 
Railway  and  Harbour  Fond  into  the  Consolidated  Revenue 

ui.  The  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  give  elbet 
to  the  provisions  of  this  section  as  soon  as  and  at  such  time 
as  the  necessary  administrative  and  financial  arrangemenU 
can  be  made,  but  in  any  case  shall  give  full  effect  to  them 
before  the  expiration  of  four  years  from  the  esJsblishment 

lie  Union.  During  such  period,  if  the  revenues  accruing 
to  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  are  insufficient  to 
provide  for  the  general  service  of  the  Union,  and  if  the 
earnings  accruing  to  the  Railway  and  Harbour  Fund  are 

••xeees  of  the  outlays  specified  herein,  Parliament  nay 
by  law  appropriate  such  excess  or  any  part  thereof  towards 
the  general  expenditure  of  the  Union,  and  all  sums  so 
appropriated  shall  be  paid  over  to  the  Consolidated  Revenue 
Fund. 

128.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the 
last  preceding  section,  the  Board  may  establish  a  fund  out 
of  railway  and  harbour  revenue  to  be  used  for  maintaining, 
as  far  as  may  be,  uniformity  of  rates  notwithstanding 
fluctuations  in  traffic. 

129.  All  balances  standing  to  the  credit  of  any  fund 
established  in  any  of  the  Colonies  for  railway  or  harbour 
purposes  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall  be  under  HT 
the  sole  control  and  management  of  the  Board,  and  shall  be  *££ 
deemed  to  have  been  appropriated  by  Parliament  for  the 
respective  purposes  for  which  they  have  been  provided. 

130.  Every  proposal  for  the  construction  of  any  port  or  COM 
harbour  works   or  of  any  line  of  railway,  before   being  ^ 
submitted  to  Parliament,  shall  be  considered  by  the  Board,  aad 
which  shall  report  thereon,  and  shall  advise  whether  the  ^ 
proposed  works  or  line  of  railway  should  or  should  not  be 
constructed.    If  any  such  work*  or  line  shall  be  uuustroetsil 
contrary  to  the  advice  of  the  Board,  and  if  the  Board  is  of 

M  a 


180          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1909.  opinion  that  the  revenue  derived  from  the  operation  of  such 
works  or  line  will  be  in^utlicimt  to  nu-rt  tin-  costs  of 
working  and  maintenance,  and  of  interest  on  the  capital 
invested  therein,  it  shall  frame  an  estimate  of  the  annual 
loss  which,  in  its  opinion,  will  result  from  such  operation. 
Such  estimate  shall  be  examined  by  the  Controller  and 
Auditor-General,  and  when  approved  by  him  the  amount 
thereof  shall  be  paid  over  annually  from  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund  to  the  Railway  and  Harbour  Fund :  Provided 
that,  if  in  any  year  the  actual  loss  incurred,  as  calculated 
by  the  Board  and  certified  by  the  Controller  and  Auditor- 
General,  is  less  than  the  estimate  framed  by  the  Board,  the 
amount  paid  over  in  respect  of  that  year  shall  bo  reduced 
accordingly  so  as  not  to  exceed  the  actual  loss  incurred.  1  n 
calculating  the  loss  arising  from  the  operation  of  any  such 
work  or  line,  the  Board  shall  have  regard  to  the  value  of 
any  contributions  of  traffic  to  other  parts  of  the  system 
which  may  be  due  to  the  operation  of  such  work  or  line. 

Making  131.  If  the  Board  shall  be  required  by  the  Governor- 
d.  of  General  in  Council  or  under  any  Act  of  Parliament  or 

QOudon*  <* 

resolution  of  both  Houses  of  Parliament  to  provide  any 
FundTtn     services  or  facilities   either  gratuitously  or  at  a  rate  of 
charge  which  is  insufficient  to  meet  the  costs  involved  in 
the  provision  of  such  services  or  facilities,  the  Board  shall 
at  the  end  of  each  financial  year  present  to  Parliament  an 
account  approved  by  the  Controller  and  Auditor-General, 
showing,  as  nearly  as  can  be  ascertained,  the  amount  of  the 
loss  incurred  by  reason  of  the  provision  of  such  services  and 
facilities,  and  such  amount  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Con- 
solidated Revenue  Fund  to  the  Railway  and  Harbour  Fund. 
Controller      132.  The  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  appoint  a 
Auditor-    Controller  and  Auditor-General  who  shall  hold  office  during 
General    good  behaviour :  provided  that  he  shall  be  removed  by  the 
Governor-General   in  Council  on  an  address  praying  for 
such  removal  presented  to  the  Governor-General  by  both 
Houses  of  Parliament :  provided  further  that  when  Parlia- 
ment is  not  in  session  the  Governor-General  in  Council  may 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          181 


on  the  ground  of  inapsipilsmi  or  A.D  ism 

misbehaviour ;  and,  when  and  so  often  as  soeh  sospensioo 
shall  take  place,  a  full  statement  of  the  eiieiimstiBOSi  aWfl 
be  laid  before  both  Howes  of  Parliament  within  fourteen 
days  after  the  oommeneement  of  its  next  lassinn ;  and,  if 
an  address  shall  at  any  time  during  the  session  of  Parliament 
be  presented  to  the  Governor-General  by  both  ilonsss 
praying  for  the  restoration  to  office  of  soeh  officer,  he  shall 
be  restored  accordingly ;  and  if  no  such  address  be 
the  Governor-General  shall  confirm  soeh 
shall  declare  the  office  of  Controller  and  Auditor-General  to 
be,  and  it  shall  thereupon  become,  vacant  Until  Parliament 
shall  otherwise  provide,  the  Controller  and  Auditor-General 
shall  exercise  such  powers  and  functions  and  undertake 
such  duties  as  may  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council  by  regulations  framed  in  that  behalf. 

133.  In  order  to  compensate  Pietermaritzburg  and 
Bloemfontein  for  any  loss  sustained  by  them  in  the  form 
of  <1  ii  of  prosperity  or  decreased  rateable  value  by  ^ijj* 

reason  of  their  ceasing  to  be  the  seats  of  government  of  ratfaaof 
their  respective  colonies,  there  shall  be  paid  from  the 
Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  for  a  period  not  exceeding 
twenty-five  yean  to  the  municipal  councils  of  such  towns 
a  grant  of  two  per  centum  per  annum  on  their  municipal 
debts,  as  existing  on  the  thirty -first  day  of  January  nineteen 
hundred  and  nine,  and  as  ascertained  by  the  Controller  and 
A  u  <  1  i tor-General.  The  Commission  appointed  under  section 
one  hundred  and  eighteen  shall,  alter  due  inquiry,  report  to 
the  Governor-General  in  Council  what  compensation  should 
be  paid  to  the  municipal  councils  of  Cape  Town  and  Pretoria 
for  the  losses,  if  any,  similarly  sustained  by  them.  Soeh 
compensation  shall  U>  paid  «mt  of  the  <  onsi.li.iat^i  K.  v,  n,;, 
1  fur  a  period  not  exceeding  twenty-five  years,  and 
shall  not  exceed  one  per  centum  per  annum  on  the  respective 
municipal  debts  of  such  towns  as  existing  on  the  thirty-first 
January  nineteen  hundred  and  nine,  and  as  ascertained  by 
the  Controller  and  Auditor-General  For  the  purposes  of 


182          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909  [9  Emv.  7 

A.D.  1900.  this  section  Cape  Town  shall  be  deemed  to  include  the 
municipalities  of  Cape  Town,  Green  Point,  and  Sea  Point, 
Wi.M.Ktock.  Mowl.ray,  ami  Mmulclinsch.  ( 'lareniont,  and 
Wynberg,  and  any  grant  made  to  Cape  Town  shall  be 
payable  to  the  councils  of  such  municipalities  in  proportion 
to  their  respective  debts.  One  half  of  any  such  grants  shall 
be  applied  to  the  redemption  of  the  municipal  debts  of  such 
wns  respectively.  At  any  time  after  the  tenth  annual 
grant  has  been  paid  to  any  of  such  towns  the  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  with  the  approval  of  Parliament,  may 
after  due  inquiry  withdraw  or  reduce  the  grant  to  such 
town. 

VIII.— GENERAL. 

Method  of  134.  The  election  of  senators  and  of  members  of  the 
wrnato  ***  execu^^ve  committees  of  the  provincial  councils  as  provided 
Ac.  in  this  Act  shall,  whenever  such  election  is  contested,  be 

according  to  the  principle  of  proportional  representation, 
each  voter  having  one  transferable  vote.  The  Governor- 
General  in  Council,  or,  in  the  case  of  the  first  election 
of  the  Senate,  the  Governor  in  Council  of  each  of  the 
Colonies,  shall  frame  regulations  prescribing  the  method 
of  voting  and  of  transferring  and  counting  votes  and  the 
duties  of  returning  officers  in  connection  therewith,  and 
such  regulations  or  any  amendments  thereof  after  being 
duly  promulgated  shall  have  full  force  and  effect  unless 
and  until  Parliament  shall  otherwise  provide. 

Continue      135.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  all  laws 
existing     *n  ^T(^  in  the  several  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of 
colonial     the  Union  shall  continue  in  force  in  the  respective  pro- 
vinces until  repealed  or  amended  by  Parliament,  or  by 
the  provincial  councils  in  matters  in  respect  of  which  the 
power  to  make   ordinances  is   reserved   or  delegated   to 
them.     All  legal  commissions  in  the  several  Colonies  at 
the  establishment  of  the  Union  shall  continue  as  if  the 
Union  had  not  been  established. 

136.  There  shall  be  free  trade  throughout  the  Union, 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909 

txit    until   Parliament  otherwise  provides   the  duties   of  AD 

and  of  excise  leviable  under  the  laws  existing  p^T^ 


in  any  of  the  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  "*"*• 
shall  remain  in  force.  ssslfciss, 


.  Both  the  English  and  Dutch  language*  shall  be 
official  language*  of  ibe  Union,  and  ahall  be  treated  on  £J 
a  footing  of  equality,  ami  possess  and  enjoy  equal  freedom, 
rigbU,an.l  privileges  ;  all  records,  journals,  and  proceedings 
of  Parliament  shall  be  kept  in  both  languages,  and  all  Bills, 
Act*,  and  notices  of  general  public  importance  or  interest 
issued  by  the  Government  of  the  Union  shall  be  in  both 


188.  All  persons  who  have  been  naturalised  in  any 
the  Colonies  shall  be  deemed  to  be  naturalised  throughout 
the  Union. 

139.  The  administration  of  justice  throughout  the  Union 
shall  be  under  the  control  of  a  minister  of  State,  in  whom 
shall  be  vested  all  powers,  authorities,  and  functions  which 
shall  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  be  vested  in  the 
Attorneys- General  of  the  Colonies,  save  and  except  all 
powers,  authorities,  and  functions  relating  to  the  pfoseeu- 
tion  of  crimes  and  offences,  which  shall  in  each  province 
be  vested  in  an  officer  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor- 
General   in   Council,  and  styled  the  Attorney-General  of 
the  province,  who  shall  also  discharge  such  other  duties 
as  may  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  Governor-General  in 
Council:    Provided  that  in  the  province  of  the  Cape  of 
Good    Hope   the   Solicitor-General  for   the   Eastern  Dis- 
tricts and    the  Crown    Prosecutor   for  Griqualand   West 
shall   respectively  continue  to  exercise  the  powers  and 
duties  by  law  vested  in  thorn  at  the  time  of  the 

ment  of  the  Union. 

140.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  next 

section,  all  officers  of  the  public  service  of  the  Colonies 
shall  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union   become  officers 

I  Union. 
141.-0)  As  soon  ss  possible  after  the  establishment  of 


184          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  EDW.  7 

A.D.  1900.  the  Union,  the  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  appoint 
a  public  service  commission  to  make  recommendations  for 
of  such  reorganisation  and  readjustment  of  the  departments 
of  the  public  service  as  may  be  necessary.  The  commission 
shall  also  make  recommendations  in  regard  to  the  as 
ment  of  officers  to  the  several  provinces. 

(2)  The  Governor- General  in  Council  may  after  such 
commission  has  reported  assign  from  time  to  time  to  each 
province  such  officers  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  proper 
discharge  of  the  services  reserved  or  delegated  to  it,  and 
such  officers  on  being  so   assigned   shall   become  officers 
of  the  province.     Pending  the  assignment  of  such  officers, 
the  Governor-General  in  Council  may  place  at  the  disposal 
of  the  provinces  the  services  of  such  officers  of  the  Union 
as  may  be  necessary. 

(3)  The    provisions   of   this    section    shall    not    apply 
to  any  service  or  department   under   the  control  of  the 
Railway  and  Harbour  Board,  or  to  any  person  holding 
office  under  the  Board. 

Public  »er.      142.  After  the  establishment  of  the  Union  the  Governor- 
m  ^enera^  m  Council  shall  appoint  a  permanent  public  service 
commission  with  such  powers  and  duties  relating  to  th< 
appointment,  discipline,  retirement,  and  superannuation  <>i 
public  officers  as  Parliament  shall  determine. 

Penmons  143.  Any  officer  of  the  public  service  of  any  of  the 
Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  who  is  not 
retained  in  the  service  of  the  Union  or  assigned  to  that  of 
a  province  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such  pension,  gratuity, 
or  other  compensation  as  he  would  have  received  in  like 
circumstances  if  the  Union  had  not  been  established. 

Tenure  of       144.  Any  officer  of  the  public  service  of  any  of  the 

office  of  Colonies  at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  who  is  retained 
in  the  service  of  the  Union  or  assigned  to  that  of  a  province 
shall  retain  all  his  existing  and  accruing  rights,  and  shall 
be  entitled  to  retire  from  the  service  at  the  time  at  which 
he  would  have  been  entitled  by  law  to  retire,  and  on  the 
pension  or  retiring  allowance  to  which  be  would  have  been 


9EDW.  7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          185 
entitled  by  law  in  like  circumstances  if  the  Union  bad  not  A.D.  iam 


145.  Tbe  services  of  officers  in  tbe  public  service  of 
any  of  tbe  Colonies  at  tbe  establishment  of  tbe  Union  aball  £T 
not  be  dispensed  with  by  reason  of  their  want  of  knowledge  *•*»* 
of  either  tbe  English  or  Dutch  language.  Sftf 

146.  Any  permanent  officer  of  tbe  Legislature  of  any  of  • 
tbe  Colonies  who  is  not  retained  in  the  eervice  of  tbe  Union, 
or  assigned  to  that  of  any  province,  and  for  whom  no  pro- 

>n  shall  have  been  made  by  such  Legislature,  aball  be 
entitled  to  such  pension,  gratuity,  or  compensation  aa  Parlia-  jjj^1 
ment  may  determine. 

147.  Tbe  control  and  administration  of  native  affairs 
and  of  matters  specially  or  differentially  affecting  Asiatk 
throughout  th<>  I'nion  shall  vest  in  tbe  Governor-General  •*•**••** 
in  Council,  who  shall  exercise  all  special  powers  in  regard 

to  native  administration  hitherto  vested  in  tbe  Governors 
he  Colonies  or  exercised  by  them  aa  supreme  chiefs,  and 
any  lands  vested  in  tbe  Governor  or  Governor  and  Executive 
Council  of  any  colony  for  the  purpose  of  reserves  for  native 
locations  shall  vest  in  the  Governor-General  in  Council, 
who  shall  exercise  all  special  powers  in  relation  to  such 
reserves  as  may  hitherto  have  been  exerciseable  by  any 
such  Governor  or  Governor  and  Executive  Council,  and  no 
lands  set  aside  for  the  occupation  of  natives  which  cannot 
at  the  establishment  of  the  Union  be  alienated  except  by 
an  Act  of  the  Colonial  Legislature  shall  be  alienated  or  in 
any  way  diverted  from  the  purposes  for  which  they  are  set 
apart  except  under  tbe  authority  of  an  Act  of  Parliament. 

148.— (1)  All   rights  and  obligations  under  any  con-  Dmfc. 
-  or  agreements  which  are  binding  on  any  of  tbe  r%fj* 
Colonies  aball  devolve  upon  the  Union  at  its  establishment  fjjatj 
Tbe  provisions  of  the  railway  agreement  between  tbe  S2T 
Governments  of  tbe  Transvaal,  the  Cape  of  Good   Hope,  JJ*J 
and  Natal,  dated  tbe  second  of  February,  nineteen  hundred 
and  nine,  shall,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  given  effect  to  by 
the  Government  of  tbe  l*i 


18i>          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9Emv.  7 

A.D.  low.  IX.—  NEW  PROVINCES  AND  TERRITORIES. 

Alteration  149.  Parliament  may  alter  the  boundaries  of  any  pro- 
vince,  divide  a  province  into  two  or  more  provinces,  or 
form  a  new  province  out  of  provinces  within  tin-  Knion. 
on  the  petition  of  the  provincial  council  of  every  province 
whose  boundaries  are  affected  thereby. 

Power  to  150.  The  King,  with  the  advice  of  the  Privy  Council, 
on  addresses  from  the  Houses  of  Parliament  of  the 


•  >ea  Union  admit  into  the  Union  the  territories  administered 

tered  by    by  the  British  South  Africa  Company  on  such  terms  and 

South*1      c°ndtoions  as  to  representation  and  otherwise  in  each  case 

Afrim       as  are  expressed  in  the  addresses  and  approved  by  the 

Company.  Kjng^  ^d  the  provisions  of  any  Order  in  Council  in  that 

behalf  shall  have  effect  as  if  they  had  been  enacted  by  the 

Parliament  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 

Ireland. 

Power  to  151.  The  King,  with  the  advice  of  the  Privy  Council, 
tcTunfon  may»  on  addresses  fr°m  the  Houses  of  Parliament  of  the 
govern-  Union,  transfer  to  the  Union  the  government  of  any  terri- 
°  tories,  other  than  the  territories  administered  by  the  British 


South  Africa  Company,  belonging  to  or  under  the  protection 
of  His  Majesty,  and  inhabited  wholly  or  in  part  by  natives, 
and  upon  such  transfer  the  Governor-General  in  Council 
may  undertake  the  government  of  such  territory  upon  the 
terms  and  conditions  embodied  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Act. 


X. — AMENDMENT  OF  ACT. 

Amend-  152.  Parliament  may  by  law  repeal  or  alter  any  of  the 
*  provisions  of  this  Act :  Provided  that  no  provision  thereof, 
for  the  operation  of  which  a  definite  period  of  time  is  pre- 
scribed, shall  during  such  period  be  repealed  or  altered  : 
And  provided  further  that  no  repeal  or  alteration  of  the 
provisions  contained  in  this  section,  or  in  sections  thirty- 
three  and  thirty-four  (until  the  number  of  members  of  the 
House  of  Assembly  has  reached  the  limit  therein  prescribed, 
or  until  a  period  of  ten  years  has  elapsed  after  the  estab- 


9EDW.7]   SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909          187 

lishment  of  the  Union,  whichever  is  the  longer  period),  or  AD  ism 
in  sections  thirty-five  and  one  hundred  and  thirty-teven, 
shall  be  valid  unless  the  Bill  embodying  snob  repeal  or 
alteration  shall  be  passed  by  both  Houses  of  Parliament 
l  together,  and  at  the  third  reading  be  agreed  to  by 
not  less  than  two-thirds  of  the  total  number  of  members  of 
both  Houses.  A  Bill  so  passed  at  such  joint  sitting  shall 
be  taken  to  have  been  duly  passed  by  both  Houses  of 
Parliament 


SCHEDULE 

A.D.  1909.  1.  After  the  transfer  of  the  government  of  any  territory 
g^T^  belonging  to  or  under  the  protection  of  His  Majesty,  the 
'i.Vi. '  Governor-General  in  Council  ahall  be  the  legislative  autho- 
rity, and  may  by  proclamation  make  laws  for  the  peace, 
order,  and  good  government  of  such  territory :  Provided 
that  all  such  laws  shall  be  laid  before  both  Houses  of 
Parliament  within  seven  days  after  the  issue  of  the  pro- 
clamation or,  if  Parliament  be  not  then  sitting,  within 
seven  days  after  the  beginning  of  the  next  session,  and 
shall  be  effectual  unless  and  until  both  Houses  of  Parlia- 
ment shall  by  resolutions  passed  in  the  same  session  request 
the  Governor-General  in  Council  to  repeal  the  same,  in 
which  case  they  shall  be  repealed  by  proclamation. 

2.  The  Prime  Minister  shall  be  charged  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  any  territory  thus  transferred,  and  he  shall  be 
advised  in  the  general  conduct  of  such  administration  by 
a  commission  consisting  of  not  fewer  than  three  members 
with  a  secretary,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor-General 
in  Council,  who  shall  take  the  instructions  of  the  Prime 
Minister  in  conducting  all  correspondence  relating  to  the 
territories,  and   shall   also    under   the   like   control   have 
custody  of  all  official  papers  relating  to  the  territories. 

3.  The  members  of  the  commission  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Governor-General  in  Council,  and  shall  be  entitled  to 
hold  office  for  a  period  of  ten  years,  but  such  period  may 
be  extended   to  successive  further  terms  of  five   years. 
They  shall  each  be  entitled  to  a  fixed  annual  salary,  which 
shall  not  be  reduced  during  the  continuance  of  their  term 
of  office,  and  they  shall  not  be  removed  from  office  except 
upon  addresses  from  both  Houses  of  Parliament  passed  in 
the  same  session  praying  for  such  removal.      They  shall 
not  be  qualified  to  become,  or  to  be,  members  of  either 
House  of  Parliament.     One  of  the  members  of  the  commis- 
sion shall  be  appointed  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council 
as  vice-chairman  thereof.     In  case  of  the  absence,  illness, 
or  other  incapacity  of  any  member  of  the  commission,  the 


9Eow.  7]  SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909 


Governor-General  in  Council  may  appoint  some  other  fit  AJX  Its*, 
and  proper  person  to  act  during  such  shsence,  illness,  or 
other  inoapa< 

4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  memben 

to  advise  the  Prime  Minister  upon  all  mitten 
the  general  conduct  of  the  administration  of,  or  t 
for,  the  said  territories.    The  Prime  Minister, 
.Minister  of  State  nominated  by  the  Prime  Minister  to  be 
his  deputy  for  a  fixed  period,  or,  failing  such  nomination, 
the  vice-chairman,  shall   preside  at  all   meetinffs  of  the 
commission,  and  in  case  of  an  equality  of  votes  shall  have 
a  easting  vote.    Two  members  of  the  eosiBiission  shall 
form  a  quorum.     In  case  the  commission  shall  consist  of 
four  or  more  members,  three  of  them  shall  form  a 

5.  Any  member  of  the  commission  who 
decision  of  a  majority  shall  be  entitled  to  have  the 
for  his  dissent  recorded  in  the  minutes  of  the  coma 

6.  The   members  of  the  commission  shall  have 

to  all  official  papers  concerning  the  territories,  and  they 
may  deliberate  on  any  matter  relating  thereto  and 
their  advice  thereon  to  the  Prime  Minister. 

lie  fore  coining  to  a  decision  on  any  matter 
either  to  the  administration,  other  than  routine,  of  the 
lories  or  to  legislation  therefor,  the  Prime  Minister 
shall  cause  the  papers  relating  to  such  matter  to  be  deposited 
with  the  secretary  to  the  commission,  and  shall  convene  a 
meeting  of  the  commission  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  its 
on  such  matter. 

8.  Where   it  appears  to  the    Prime  Minister  that  the 
despatch   of  any  communication   or  the  making  of  any 
order  is  urgently  required,  the  communication  may  be  sent 
or  order  made,  although  it  has  not  been  submitted  to  a 
meeting  of  the  commission  or  deposited  for  the  perusal  of 
the  members  thereof.    In  any  such  case  the  Prime  Minister 
shall  record  the  reasons  for  sending  the  communication  or 
making  the  order  and  give  notice  thereof  to  every  member. 

9.  If  the  Prime  Minister  does  not  accept  a  recommenda- 
tion of  the  commission  or  proposes  to  take  some  action 
contrary  to  their  advice,  he  shall  state  his  views  to  the 
commission,  who  shall  be  at  liberty  to  place  on  record  the 
reasons  in  support  of  their  recommendation  or  advice. 
This  record  shall  be  laid  by  the  Prime  Minister  bef 
Governor-General  in  Council,  whose  decision  in  the 

shall  be  final. 


190          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9Eow.  7 

A.D.  1909.      10.  When  the  recommendations  of  the  commission  have 
not  been  accepted   by  the  Governor-General   in  Council, 
or  action  not  in  accordance  with  their  advice   has  1> 
taken    by  the  Governor-General   in  Council,    the    Prime 
Minister,  if  thereto  requested  by  the  commission,  shall  lay 
the  record  of  their  dissent   from    the   decision   or   action 
taken  and  of  the  reasons  therefor  before  both  Houses  of 
rl lament,  unless  in  any  case   the  Governor-General    in 
mril  shall  transmit  to  the  commission  a  mil  >nl- 

ing  his  opinion  that  the  publication  of  such  record  and 
reasons  would  be  gravely  detrimental  to  the  public  interest. 

11.  The  Governor-General  in  Council  shall  appoint   a 
resident  commissioner  for  each  territory,   who  shall,    in 
addition  to  such  other  duties  as  shall  be  imposed  on  him, 
prepare  the  annual  estimates  of  revenue  and  expenditure 
for  such  territory,  and  forward  the  same  to  the  secretary  to 
the  commission  for  the  consideration  of  the  commission  and 
of  the  Prime  Minister.     A  proclamation  shall  be  issued  by 
the  Governor-General  in  Council,  giving  to  the  provisions 
for  revenue  and  expenditure  made  in  the  estimates  as  finally 
approved  by  the  Governor-General  in  Council  the   force 
of  law. 

12.  There  shall  be  paid  into  the  Treasury  of  the  Union 
all  duties  of  customs  levied  on  dutiable  articles  imported 
into  and  consumed  in  the  territories,  and  there  shall  be 
paid  out  of  the  Treasury  annually  towards   the  cost  of 
administration  of  each  territory  a  sum  in  respect  of  such 
duties  which  shall  bear  to  the  total  customs  revenue  of  the 
Union  in  respect  of  each  financial  year  the  same  proportion 
as  the  average  amount  of  the   customs  revenue  of  such 
territory  for  the  three  completed  financial  years  last  pre- 
ceding the  taking  effect  of  this  Act  bore  to  the  average 
amount  of  the  whole  customs  revenue  for  all  the  Colonies 
and  territories  included  in  the  Union  received  during  the 
same  period. 

13.  If  the   revenue   of  any  territory  for  any  financial 
year  shall  be  insufficient  to  meet  the  expenditure  thereof, 
any  amount  required  to  make  good  the  deficiency  may, 
with  the   approval  of  the   Governor-General  in  Council, 
and  on  such  terms  and  conditions  and  in  such    manner 
as  with  the  like  approval  may  be  directed  or  prescribed, 
be  advanced  from   tne  funds  of  any  other  territory.     In 
default  of  any  such  arrangement,  the  amount  required  to 
make  good  any  such  deficiency  shall  be  advanced  by  the 


9  EDW.  7]   SOUTH  A  v  ACT,  HH» 

Government  of  the  Union.    In  case  there  shall  be  a  surplus  A  u  ism 
for  any  territory,  such  surplus  shall  in  the  first  instance      — 
be  devoted  to  the  repayment  of  any  sums  previously  ad- 
vanced by  any  other  territory  or  by  the  Union  Govern- 
ment to  make  good  any  deficiency  in  the  revenue  of  sash 
territory. 

14.  It  ahall    not   be   lawful   to  alienate   any   land   in 
Basutoland  or  any  land  forming  part  of  the  native  reserves 
in  the  Bechuanaland  protectorate  and  Hwasiland  from  the 
native  tribes  inhabiting  those  territories. 

15.  The  sale  of  intoxicating  liquor  to  natives  shall  be 
hited  in    the    territories,  and   no  provision  giving 

•i       » »•  .  .  *  .  .         . 

I  snob 


facilities  for  introducing,  obtaining,   or 

:  in  any  part  of  the  territories  less  stringent  than  those 
existing  at  the  time  of  transfer  shall  be  allowed. 

16.  The  custom,  where  it  exists,  of  holding  pitsos  or 
other  recognised  forms  of  native  assembly  shall  be  main- 
tained in  the  territories. 

N«.  differential  duties  or  imposts  on  the  produce  of 
the  territories  shall  be  levied.  The  laws  of  the  Union 
relating  to  customs  and  excise  shall  be  made  to  apply  to 
the  territories. 

18.  There  shall  be  free  intercourse  for  the  inhabitaats 
<>f  the  territories  with  the  rest  of  South  Africa  subject  to 
the  laws,  including  the  pass  laws,  of  the  Union. 

19.  Subject   to   the    provisions   of    this    Schedule,  all 
revenues  derived  from  any  territory   shall  be   expended 
for  and  on  behalf  of  such  territory :    Provided   that  the 
Governor-General  in  Council  may  make  special  provision 
for  the  appropriation  of  a  portion  of  such  revenue  as  a 
contribution   towards  the  cost  of  defence  and  other  ser- 
vices performed  by  the  Union  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole 
of  South  Africa,  so,  however,  that  that  contribution  shall 
not  boar  a  higher  proportion  to  the   total  cost  of  saeh 


services  than  that  which  the  amount  payable  under  para- 
graph 12  of  this  Schedule  from  the  Treasury  of  the  Union 
towards  the  cost  of  the  administration  of  the  territory 
bears  to  the  total  customs  revenue  of  the  Union  on  the 
average  of  the  three  years  immediately  preceding  the  year 

which  the  contribution  is  made. 

20.  The   King   may    disallow   any   law  made   by  the 

Governor-General   in  Council    by   proclsrnstion  for  any 

territory  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  proelama- 

and  such  disallowance  on  being  made  known  by  the 


IM          SOUTH  AFRICA  ACT,  1909    [9  Emv.  7 

A.D.  1900.  Governor-General   by  proclamation   shall    annul  the    law 
from  tho  day  when  the  disallowance  is  so  made  known. 

21.  The  members  of  the  commission  shall   be  entith  1 
to  such    pensions   or   superannuation    allowances  as    th.- 
Governor-General  in  Council  shall   by  proclamation   j 
vide,  and  the  salaries  and  pensions  of  such  members  and 
ail  other  expenses  of  the  commission  shall  be  borne  by  tin- 
territories  in  the  proportion  of  their  respective  revenues. 

22.  The   rights   as   existing  at  the  date  of  transfer  of 
officers   of  the  public  service  employed   in  any  territory 
shall  remain  in  force. 

^3.  Where   any   appeal   may  by   law  be   made   to    th. 
King  in  Council  from  any  court  of  the  territories,  such 
appeal  shall,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  l>e  made 
to  the  Appellate  Division  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  South 
Africa. 

24.  The    Commission  shall    prepare   an  annual   report 
on  the   territories,  which   shall,   when   approved    by   the 
Governor-General  in  Council,  be  laid  before  both  11   u 

of  Parliament. 

25.  All  bills  to  amend  or  alter  the   provisions    of  this 
Schedule  shall  be  reserved   for  the  signification   of   His 
Majesty's  pleasure. 


Oxford  :  Printed  at  the  Clarendon  Press  by  HORACE  HAET,  M.A. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


JQ  Brand,   Robert  Henry 

1918  The  Union  of  South  Africa 

B8 


••••:  *;, 


!  .??;. •,•£.;/'•